Anti-Neoconservative Weblog


Blog For Free!


Archives
Home
2005 January
2004 December
2004 November
2004 October
2004 September
2004 August
2004 July
2004 June
2004 May
2004 April
2004 March
2004 February

My Links
Project for the OLD American Century
Winston Smith's Daily Journal
Sam Adams' CounterPoint

tBlog
My Profile
Send tMail
My tFriends
My Images


Sponsored
Blog



Quietly Released Pentagon Report Contains Major Criticisms of Bush Regime
11.29.04 (2:35 pm)   [edit]
[b]'They hate our policies, not our freedom'

Quietly released Pentagon report contains major criticisms of administration[/b].

Late on the Wednesday afternoon before the Thanksgiving holiday, the US Defense Department released a report by the Defense Science Board that is highly critical http://www.acq.osd.mil/dsb/re... of the administration's efforts in the war on terror and in the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.

--- "'Muslims do not hate our freedom, but rather they hate our policies [the report says]. The overwhelming majority voice their objections to what they see as one-sided support in favor of Israel and against Palestinian rights, and the long-standing, even increasing, support for what Muslims collectively see as tyrannies, most notably Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Pakistan and the Gulf states. Thus, when American public diplomacy talks about bringing democracy to Islamic societies, this is seen as no more than self-serving hypocrisy.'" ---

The Pentagon released the study after The [i]New York Times[/i] ran a story http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1... about the report in its Wednesday editions.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.csmonitor.com/2004...

 
The World's Problem With War Criminals Bush & Cheney
11.29.04 (2:17 pm)   [edit]
Once again, disturbing images are surfacing from the war in Iraq, this time of a young Marine shooting a wounded Iraqi prisoner in Fallujah. The soldier in question has been removed from duty and may face a court martial. U.S. military and Iraqi officials have decried the incident.

This sort of act is nothing new in war. Unarmed, or seemingly unarmed, people have been killed before and will be killed again by soldiers making split-second decisions under almost inconceivable stress. This event, however, and the reactions to it, illustrate exactly why the United States may be forced to follow Vermont Senator George D. Aiken's advice on ending the war in Vietnam – just declare victory in Iraq and withdraw.

In the past, the United States has tried to apply the principle of "civilized warfare." After World War II, we tried German and Japanese officers for mistreating prisoners of war and civilians. We were one of the first nations to sign the 1949 Geneva Conventions on the conduct of war. When the Viet Cong in the 1970s and the Iraqis in 1990 paraded captured Americans in front of television cameras, the nation was appalled. Despite urging from some quarters, the United States has not used nuclear weapons since 1945, and in recent bombing campaigns one of the goals of the Air Force has been to minimize civilian casualties.

Still, there has been a dark side to our conduct. While the Allies tried and hanged the architects of the German concentration camps in the 1940s, charges that U.S. soldiers starved and beat German POWs were generally ignored until the last decades of the 20th century. Tales of Americans committing atrocities in Korea have persisted for decades. While it is reasonable to assume that most of these accounts are North Korean propaganda, the Pentagon reluctantly admitted in 2001 that U.S. forces had killed refugees at No Gun Ri in 1950. These stories did not appear in textbooks or popular histories, and when they were brought up in public discourse, they were dismissed as anti-American naysaying.

With the Vietnam War, this attitude started to change. The army publicly charged and convicted Lt. William Calley of killing 22 villagers at My Lai. He may have become a sort of folk hero during his trial and was later paroled, but the taboo against discussing the less-than-honorable actions of U.S. soldiers had been broken. Stories of necklaces made of Viet Cong ears, burning villages and American-caused civilian casualties became the fodder of the nightly news. That is where they remain.

The United States puts itself forward as a force of civilization and justice in the world. Our soldiers are supposed to behave honorably, even if that is not always the case. Recent images from Abu Ghraib and Fallujah offend the national sense of decency. While there are always those who will rush to defend each atrocity as an unavoidable response in the war against terrorism, there are many more whose feelings range from disappointment to disgust. The armed forces themselves are taking these incidents seriously and are trying to maintain some humane standards, but will that be enough to keep barbarism at bay?

Unfortunately, the insurgents in Iraq will do anything to drive the occupying forces out. They have killed civilians, faked surrenders in order to draw out U.S. troops, booby-trapped corpses, and beheaded hostages. And while the temptation is there to ignore the rules of civilized warfare and to adopt their tactics, doing so will only strengthen the insurgency and bring down more international outrage.

The United States is faced with a difficult choice. On the one hand, the leadership in Washington and Baghdad can forget the Geneva Conventions and allow – or even encourage – the soldiers in the field to be as brutal as possible. This will just make the enemy stronger and put the United States in violation of international law. Or the armed forces can continue to fight hamstrung by humanitarian rules, leaving the soldiers exposed to ever more dangers. Americans like to believe that the moral fabric of their nation will not allow them to become war criminals, even if that means losing a war. It is time to admit this and start preparing an exit strategy for Iraq. - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/a...


 
Comical Allawi, the new Baghdad Bob
11.29.04 (2:05 pm)   [edit]
"It's like the twin strands of a double helix of a DNA molecule. One strand is the technical and operational part. We are basically on course for that one, in perhaps 70 or 80 percent of Iraq. But the other strand, without which you can't have DNA, is the overall environment. There we have a problem." - An official http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1... involved in planning for the Iraqi elections, scheduled (still) for Jan. 30.

Comical Allawi is a lying toady for the Bush Crime Family!

[b]Check-it-out[/b] http://www.antiwar.com/blog/i...
 
The People vs. Bush
11.29.04 (6:54 am)   [edit]
[i]The United States 'is deeply disturbed by extensive and credible indications of fraud committed in the Ukrainian elections...And we ought to know: We're Republicans[/i].'
- White House statement

[i]'The election was as democratic as they come...just like Florida'[/i]
- Russian Parliament Speaker Boris V. Gryzlov

Well, they did not say all of that. The first part of each statement, before the ellipse, was quoted in the mainstream media. The second portion of each statement could well have been what they were thinking.

I doubt if I am the only person struck by the contrast between impassioned protests of Ukrainians and the apathetic acceptance of Americans of government policies.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
The People vs. Bush
11.29.04 (6:53 am)   [edit]
[i]The United States 'is deeply disturbed by extensive and credible indications of fraud committed in the Ukrainian elections...And we ought to know: We're Republicans[/i].'
- White House statement

[i]'The election was as democratic as they come...just like Florida'[/i]
- Russian Parliament Speaker Boris V. Gryzlov

Well, they did not say all of that. The first part of each statement, before the ellipse, was quoted in the mainstream media. The second portion of each statement could well have been what they were thinking.

I doubt if I am the only person struck by the contrast between impassioned protests of Ukrainians and the apathetic acceptance of Americans of government policies.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
When Fundamentalist Loonies Control the Classroom: God or Science?
11.29.04 (6:50 am)   [edit]
[b]Ninth-grade biology teachers in Dover, Pa., must include 'intelligent design' in their instruction. Observers say it is a sign of what's to come[/b].

In the boldest strike against the teaching of evolution in more than a decade, the school board of this one-stoplight farming town has tilted its textbooks against virtually the entire scientific establishment - and brought home a lesson from this month's presidential election.

By mandating that ninth-grade biology teachers include "intelligent design" in their instruction, board members set a precedent last month. Never before has a school district decided to offer intelligent design, which suggests that only the action of a higher intelligence can explain the complexities of evolution. Moreover, say observers, it is a sign of what's to come.

Religious conservatives have battled against evolution theory in classrooms since the Scopes trial of 1925. Now, they are finding fresh purpose in the conservative resurgence so evident on Election Day, as well as in a new strategy of attacking evolution without mentioning God. The result is a handful of high-profile cases nationwide that challenge Darwin's place in the curriculum and presage a new offensive in America's culture war.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
When Fundamentalist Loonies Control the Classroom: God or Science?
11.29.04 (6:48 am)   [edit]
[b]Ninth-grade biology teachers in Dover, Pa., must include 'intelligent design' in their instruction. Observers say it is a sign of what's to come[/b].

In the boldest strike against the teaching of evolution in more than a decade, the school board of this one-stoplight farming town has tilted its textbooks against virtually the entire scientific establishment - and brought home a lesson from this month's presidential election.

By mandating that ninth-grade biology teachers include "intelligent design" in their instruction, board members set a precedent last month. Never before has a school district decided to offer intelligent design, which suggests that only the action of a higher intelligence can explain the complexities of evolution. Moreover, say observers, it is a sign of what's to come.

Religious conservatives have battled against evolution theory in classrooms since the Scopes trial of 1925. Now, they are finding fresh purpose in the conservative resurgence so evident on Election Day, as well as in a new strategy of attacking evolution without mentioning God. The result is a handful of high-profile cases nationwide that challenge Darwin's place in the curriculum and presage a new offensive in America's culture war.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
When Fundamentalist Loonies Control the Classroom: God or Science?
11.29.04 (6:48 am)   [edit]
[b]Ninth-grade biology teachers in Dover, Pa., must include 'intelligent design' in their instruction. Observers say it is a sign of what's to come[/b].

In the boldest strike against the teaching of evolution in more than a decade, the school board of this one-stoplight farming town has tilted its textbooks against virtually the entire scientific establishment - and brought home a lesson from this month's presidential election.

By mandating that ninth-grade biology teachers include "intelligent design" in their instruction, board members set a precedent last month. Never before has a school district decided to offer intelligent design, which suggests that only the action of a higher intelligence can explain the complexities of evolution. Moreover, say observers, it is a sign of what's to come.

Religious conservatives have battled against evolution theory in classrooms since the Scopes trial of 1925. Now, they are finding fresh purpose in the conservative resurgence so evident on Election Day, as well as in a new strategy of attacking evolution without mentioning God. The result is a handful of high-profile cases nationwide that challenge Darwin's place in the curriculum and presage a new offensive in America's culture war.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
When Fundamentalist Loonies Control the Classroom: God or Science?
11.29.04 (6:46 am)   [edit]
[b]Ninth-grade biology teachers in Dover, Pa., must include 'intelligent design' in their instruction. Observers say it is a sign of what's to come[/b].

In the boldest strike against the teaching of evolution in more than a decade, the school board of this one-stoplight farming town has tilted its textbooks against virtually the entire scientific establishment - and brought home a lesson from this month's presidential election.

By mandating that ninth-grade biology teachers include "intelligent design" in their instruction, board members set a precedent last month. Never before has a school district decided to offer intelligent design, which suggests that only the action of a higher intelligence can explain the complexities of evolution. Moreover, say observers, it is a sign of what's to come.

Religious conservatives have battled against evolution theory in classrooms since the Scopes trial of 1925. Now, they are finding fresh purpose in the conservative resurgence so evident on Election Day, as well as in a new strategy of attacking evolution without mentioning God. The result is a handful of high-profile cases nationwide that challenge Darwin's place in the curriculum and presage a new offensive in America's culture war.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
When Fundamentalist Loonies Control the Classroom: God or Science?
11.29.04 (6:46 am)   [edit]
[b]Ninth-grade biology teachers in Dover, Pa., must include 'intelligent design' in their instruction. Observers say it is a sign of what's to come[/b].

In the boldest strike against the teaching of evolution in more than a decade, the school board of this one-stoplight farming town has tilted its textbooks against virtually the entire scientific establishment - and brought home a lesson from this month's presidential election.

By mandating that ninth-grade biology teachers include "intelligent design" in their instruction, board members set a precedent last month. Never before has a school district decided to offer intelligent design, which suggests that only the action of a higher intelligence can explain the complexities of evolution. Moreover, say observers, it is a sign of what's to come.

Religious conservatives have battled against evolution theory in classrooms since the Scopes trial of 1925. Now, they are finding fresh purpose in the conservative resurgence so evident on Election Day, as well as in a new strategy of attacking evolution without mentioning God. The result is a handful of high-profile cases nationwide that challenge Darwin's place in the curriculum and presage a new offensive in America's culture war.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Karl 'Joseph Goebbels' Rove: Flip-Flops in Favor of Fascism ...
11.29.04 (6:36 am)   [edit]
[b]Rove Unleashed

For the past 30 years he's focused like a laser on George W. Bush. What does Karl Rove do for an encore? The plans for a permanent GOP majority[/b]

It was the day before Thanksgiving, November 1973. Things were quiet enough at the Republican National Committee for the chairman to spend a few minutes on parental logistics. His eldest son was taking the train down from Harvard Business School and would need the family car for the weekend. Would the young aide deliver the car and the keys to Union Station? Years later, the aide describes what happened next in the kind of sunlit, slo-mo tones they use in movies. "I'm there with the keys and this guy comes striding in wearing jeans, cowboy boots and a bomber jacket," he recalls. "He had this aura." Which is how 22-year-old Karl Christian Rove met 27-year-old George Walker Bush.

Exactly 31 years later, on another quiet Thanksgiving week in the capital, the corridors of the West Wing were empty. The president was home in Texas, hunkering down at his Crawford ranch after his first post-election foreign trip. The senior staff had scattered to the winds, or the Washington suburbs, to be with family and friends after a grueling campaign. But in a cramped office on the second floor, one figure was still at his desk, opening his mail, making calls—and planning the next chapters in the extraordinary story he'd already written for Bush, the Republican Party and himself. Claiming victory after Election Day, the president had called the man at the desk "the Architect." "That was a deep embarrassment," said Rove. Maybe so, but it was the truth.

Given the story line—the long journey from train station to two-term presidency—the most consequential questions in American public life may be these: What is Rove up to now? And will he succeed? For more than three decades, he had one mission: to get Bush elected and then (in a first for the Bush family) re-elected. Now comes the reward: the surpassingly difficult task of governing for the sake of history, not mere victory.

In modern times there has never been anyone quite like Rove, possessing such a long working relationship with and influence over a president—a newly re-elected one who will wield an expanded majority in Congress. "I've been searching for a parallel figure," said Marshall Wittmann, a political strategist and writer. "The closest is Bobby Kennedy in his brother's administration. But even that doesn't get it. Because as loyal as Karl is, his political ambitions extend beyond one family."

Indeed they do. One thing Rove will be up to, he made clear in a NEWSWEEK interview, is involvement of some kind in the race for the next Republican presidential nomination. Meeting with reporters only days after the election, he seemed to count himself out. "And 2008 is going to be left to someone who has a little bit more energy and interest than me," he said then. "This will be the last presidential campaign I will ever do." [b]Last week he [i]backtracked (flip-flopped)[/i] on that pledge[/b]. "I said that in haste," he said. "A lot of people in the White House told me that that was a really stupid thing to say. So let me say that I can't imagine spending two years away from my wife and son again, the way I did this time. But besides that, who knows?"

[u]Translation:[/u] the Karl Rove Primary has begun—or at least Rove (and Bush) want the world to believe it has, if for no other reason than to dangle the possibility of help from (or the threat of opposition from) the Architect before the eyes of would-be GOP contenders and power brokers. "The president will be a lame duck soon enough," said a Republican strategist. "He can't afford to let Karl be one, too." Indeed, being seen as "close to Karl" is a sign among desperate Republicans of "election" in an almost theological sense. All the more reason for Rove to be slow about taking sides. "He won't actually commit for years," the strategist predicted.

[b]Check-it-out[/b] http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/6...
 
Karl 'Joseph Goebbels' Rove: Flip-Flops in Favor of Fascism ...
11.29.04 (6:32 am)   [edit]
[b]Rove Unleashed

For the past 30 years he's focused like a laser on George W. Bush. What does Karl Rove do for an encore? The plans for a permanent GOP majority[/b]

It was the day before Thanksgiving, November 1973. Things were quiet enough at the Republican National Committee for the chairman to spend a few minutes on parental logistics. His eldest son was taking the train down from Harvard Business School and would need the family car for the weekend. Would the young aide deliver the car and the keys to Union Station? Years later, the aide describes what happened next in the kind of sunlit, slo-mo tones they use in movies. "I'm there with the keys and this guy comes striding in wearing jeans, cowboy boots and a bomber jacket," he recalls. "He had this aura." Which is how 22-year-old Karl Christian Rove met 27-year-old George Walker Bush.

Exactly 31 years later, on another quiet Thanksgiving week in the capital, the corridors of the West Wing were empty. The president was home in Texas, hunkering down at his Crawford ranch after his first post-election foreign trip. The senior staff had scattered to the winds, or the Washington suburbs, to be with family and friends after a grueling campaign. But in a cramped office on the second floor, one figure was still at his desk, opening his mail, making calls—and planning the next chapters in the extraordinary story he'd already written for Bush, the Republican Party and himself. Claiming victory after Election Day, the president had called the man at the desk "the Architect." "That was a deep embarrassment," said Rove. Maybe so, but it was the truth.

Given the story line—the long journey from train station to two-term presidency—the most consequential questions in American public life may be these: What is Rove up to now? And will he succeed? For more than three decades, he had one mission: to get Bush elected and then (in a first for the Bush family) re-elected. Now comes the reward: the surpassingly difficult task of governing for the sake of history, not mere victory.

In modern times there has never been anyone quite like Rove, possessing such a long working relationship with and influence over a president—a newly re-elected one who will wield an expanded majority in Congress. "I've been searching for a parallel figure," said Marshall Wittmann, a political strategist and writer. "The closest is Bobby Kennedy in his brother's administration. But even that doesn't get it. Because as loyal as Karl is, his political ambitions extend beyond one family."

Indeed they do. One thing Rove will be up to, he made clear in a NEWSWEEK interview, is involvement of some kind in the race for the next Republican presidential nomination. Meeting with reporters only days after the election, he seemed to count himself out. "And 2008 is going to be left to someone who has a little bit more energy and interest than me," he said then. "This will be the last presidential campaign I will ever do." [b]Last week he [i]backtracked (flip-flopped)[/i] on that pledge[/b]. "I said that in haste," he said. "A lot of people in the White House told me that that was a really stupid thing to say. So let me say that I can't imagine spending two years away from my wife and son again, the way I did this time. But besides that, who knows?"

[u]Translation:[/u] the Karl Rove Primary has begun—or at least Rove (and Bush) want the world to believe it has, if for no other reason than to dangle the possibility of help from (or the threat of opposition from) the Architect before the eyes of would-be GOP contenders and power brokers. "The president will be a lame duck soon enough," said a Republican strategist. "He can't afford to let Karl be one, too." Indeed, being seen as "close to Karl" is a sign among desperate Republicans of "election" in an almost theological sense. All the more reason for Rove to be slow about taking sides. "He won't actually commit for years," the strategist predicted.

[b]Check-it-out[/b] http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/6...
 
Karl 'Joseph Goebbels' Rove: Flip-Flops in Favor of Fascism ...
11.29.04 (6:31 am)   [edit]
[b]Rove Unleashed

For the past 30 years he's focused like a laser on George W. Bush. What does Karl Rove do for an encore? The plans for a permanent GOP majority[/b]

It was the day before Thanksgiving, November 1973. Things were quiet enough at the Republican National Committee for the chairman to spend a few minutes on parental logistics. His eldest son was taking the train down from Harvard Business School and would need the family car for the weekend. Would the young aide deliver the car and the keys to Union Station? Years later, the aide describes what happened next in the kind of sunlit, slo-mo tones they use in movies. "I'm there with the keys and this guy comes striding in wearing jeans, cowboy boots and a bomber jacket," he recalls. "He had this aura." Which is how 22-year-old Karl Christian Rove met 27-year-old George Walker Bush.

Exactly 31 years later, on another quiet Thanksgiving week in the capital, the corridors of the West Wing were empty. The president was home in Texas, hunkering down at his Crawford ranch after his first post-election foreign trip. The senior staff had scattered to the winds, or the Washington suburbs, to be with family and friends after a grueling campaign. But in a cramped office on the second floor, one figure was still at his desk, opening his mail, making calls—and planning the next chapters in the extraordinary story he'd already written for Bush, the Republican Party and himself. Claiming victory after Election Day, the president had called the man at the desk "the Architect." "That was a deep embarrassment," said Rove. Maybe so, but it was the truth.

Given the story line—the long journey from train station to two-term presidency—the most consequential questions in American public life may be these: What is Rove up to now? And will he succeed? For more than three decades, he had one mission: to get Bush elected and then (in a first for the Bush family) re-elected. Now comes the reward: the surpassingly difficult task of governing for the sake of history, not mere victory.

In modern times there has never been anyone quite like Rove, possessing such a long working relationship with and influence over a president—a newly re-elected one who will wield an expanded majority in Congress. "I've been searching for a parallel figure," said Marshall Wittmann, a political strategist and writer. "The closest is Bobby Kennedy in his brother's administration. But even that doesn't get it. Because as loyal as Karl is, his political ambitions extend beyond one family."

Indeed they do. One thing Rove will be up to, he made clear in a NEWSWEEK interview, is involvement of some kind in the race for the next Republican presidential nomination. Meeting with reporters only days after the election, he seemed to count himself out. "And 2008 is going to be left to someone who has a little bit more energy and interest than me," he said then. "This will be the last presidential campaign I will ever do." [b]Last week he [i]backtracked (flip-flopped)[/i] on that pledge[/b]. "I said that in haste," he said. "A lot of people in the White House told me that that was a really stupid thing to say. So let me say that I can't imagine spending two years away from my wife and son again, the way I did this time. But besides that, who knows?"

[u]Translation:[/u] the Karl Rove Primary has begun—or at least Rove (and Bush) want the world to believe it has, if for no other reason than to dangle the possibility of help from (or the threat of opposition from) the Architect before the eyes of would-be GOP contenders and power brokers. "The president will be a lame duck soon enough," said a Republican strategist. "He can't afford to let Karl be one, too." Indeed, being seen as "close to Karl" is a sign among desperate Republicans of "election" in an almost theological sense. All the more reason for Rove to be slow about taking sides. "He won't actually commit for years," the strategist predicted.

[b]Check-it-out[/b] http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/6...
 
Crazy Bush's Neo-Con NutJobs & Neo-Fascist WhackJobs: Lying About Iran
11.29.04 (6:23 am)   [edit]
The neo-crazies – in and out of government – lied to you last year about Iraq's "nuclear programs," and this year they're lying to you about Iran's.

What constitutes lying? Well, either making an untrue statement with intent to deceive, or deliberately creating a false impression.

The neo-crazies told you right up till the eve of President Bush's "preemptive strike" that Iraq had reconstituted – deep underground and widely dispersed – the uranium-enrichment facilities totally destroyed back in 1991. That was an untrue statement, made with intent to deceive you.

They also told you that a uranium-enrichment capability was a necessary and sufficient condition for Iraq to have nukes within a year or two. That was an untrue statement, made to create a false impression.

You see, if you want to make a gun-type nuke, a uranium-enrichment capability is certainly necessary. And, if you have two 60-pound sub-critical pieces of weapons-grade enriched-uranium, all you have to do to make a gun-type nuke is bang them together.

But if you want to make an enriched-uranium implosion-type nuke – which is what Saddam was attempting to make – a uranium-enrichment capability is by no means sufficient.

Mohamed ElBaradei had reported to the UN Security that, as of March 2003, there had been no attempt whatsoever to reconstitute Iraq's uranium-enrichment capability. Furthermore, the CIA's Iraq Survey Group spent a billion dollars in the year following the invasion, searching everywhere and interviewing all the "usual suspects."

Result? Not only was ElBaradei right about there being no reconstituted uranium-enrichment capability, but there had also been no attempt since 1991 to design or test the high-explosive system absolutely required for an implosion-type nuke.

Well, now the neo-crazies would have you believe that Iran has an underground, widely dispersed uranium-enrichment capability. And that that uranium-enrichment capability is a sufficient condition for Iran to have nukes in a year or two.

But while the neo-crazies have been making that claim, Iran has been allowing ElBaradei to conduct in Iran the same sort of go-anywhere, see-anything inspection he conducted in Iraq.

Result? ElBaradei has concluded that all nuclear material in Iran has been accounted for and has not been diverted to activities prohibited by the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty.

Hence, there is no NPT issue for the IAEA Board to refer to the UN Security Council.

Furthermore, ElBaradei has found no evidence that Iran has yet introduced nuclear material into the uranium-enrichment facilities under construction.

That's important, because until nuclear material was actually introduced, Iran was under no obligation to report to the IAEA the construction of the gas-centrifuge plants at Natanz.

Obligated or not, Iran has placed "all essential components of centrifuges as defined by the Agency" under IAEA seals, except for 20 sets of centrifuge components to be used "for R&D purposes." Even then, Iran also offered to provide the IAEA with access to that R&D program "if requested."

Well, the neo-crazies promptly went bonkers. They charged that this R&D "exception" proved the Iranians had no intention of abiding by the agreement they made with Germany, France, and Great Britain to "suspend" all uranium-enrichment related activities and that this latest Iranian perfidy had to be brought immediately before the UN Security Council for action.

But don't let those neo-crazy charges create a false impression.

You see, Iran also stated that the "AEOI [Atomic Energy Organization of Iran] is not intending to use nuclear materials in any of the tests associated with the said R&D."

Gas centrifuges are not used exclusively for uranium isotope separation. Cascades of gas centrifuges are used to separate – in kilogram quantities for commercial sale – the isotopes of zinc, tungsten, molybdenum, krypton, xenon, germanium, iron, sulfur, oxygen, and carbon.

For example, large quantities of zinc-acetate-dihydrate are used as an additive in water-cooled, water-moderated nuclear power plants – particularly those burning plutonium-uranium mixed-oxide (MOX) fuels – to reduce corrosion and cracking of key components. However, the use of naturally occurring zinc would result in increased radiation exposure to plant workers, because Zn-64 – constituting 48% by isotopic concentration in naturally occurring zinc – is transformed into radioactive Zn-65 in the reactor environment. Hence the lucrative market for large quantities of "depleted" zinc-acetate-dihydrate wherein the Zn-64 isotopic concentration is reduced to less than 1%.

So, until IAEA Safeguarded "nuclear materials" are actually introduced into them, the origin of the centrifuges, the construction of cascades, and the operation thereof is none of the IAEA's beeswax. And who knows? Maybe the Iranians' secret plan all along has been to take over the depleted zinc market.

[b]Physicist James Gordon Prather has served as a policy implementing official for national security-related technical matters in the Federal Energy Agency, the Energy Research and Development Administration, the Department of Energy, the Office of the Secretary of Defense and the Department of the Army. Dr. Prather also served as legislative assistant for national security affairs to U.S. Sen. Henry Bellmon, R-Okla. -- ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee and member of the Senate Energy Committee and Appropriations Committee. Dr. Prather had earlier worked as a nuclear weapons physicist at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in California and Sandia National Laboratory in New Mexico.[/b] - http://www.antiwar.com/prathe...
 
Crazy Bush's Neo-Con NutJobs & Neo-Fascist WhackJobs: Lying About Iran
11.29.04 (6:21 am)   [edit]
The neo-crazies – in and out of government – lied to you last year about Iraq's "nuclear programs," and this year they're lying to you about Iran's.

What constitutes lying? Well, either making an untrue statement with intent to deceive, or deliberately creating a false impression.

The neo-crazies told you right up till the eve of President Bush's "preemptive strike" that Iraq had reconstituted – deep underground and widely dispersed – the uranium-enrichment facilities totally destroyed back in 1991. That was an untrue statement, made with intent to deceive you.

They also told you that a uranium-enrichment capability was a necessary and sufficient condition for Iraq to have nukes within a year or two. That was an untrue statement, made to create a false impression.

You see, if you want to make a gun-type nuke, a uranium-enrichment capability is certainly necessary. And, if you have two 60-pound sub-critical pieces of weapons-grade enriched-uranium, all you have to do to make a gun-type nuke is bang them together.

But if you want to make an enriched-uranium implosion-type nuke – which is what Saddam was attempting to make – a uranium-enrichment capability is by no means sufficient.

Mohamed ElBaradei had reported to the UN Security that, as of March 2003, there had been no attempt whatsoever to reconstitute Iraq's uranium-enrichment capability. Furthermore, the CIA's Iraq Survey Group spent a billion dollars in the year following the invasion, searching everywhere and interviewing all the "usual suspects."

Result? Not only was ElBaradei right about there being no reconstituted uranium-enrichment capability, but there had also been no attempt since 1991 to design or test the high-explosive system absolutely required for an implosion-type nuke.

Well, now the neo-crazies would have you believe that Iran has an underground, widely dispersed uranium-enrichment capability. And that that uranium-enrichment capability is a sufficient condition for Iran to have nukes in a year or two.

But while the neo-crazies have been making that claim, Iran has been allowing ElBaradei to conduct in Iran the same sort of go-anywhere, see-anything inspection he conducted in Iraq.

Result? ElBaradei has concluded that all nuclear material in Iran has been accounted for and has not been diverted to activities prohibited by the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty.

Hence, there is no NPT issue for the IAEA Board to refer to the UN Security Council.

Furthermore, ElBaradei has found no evidence that Iran has yet introduced nuclear material into the uranium-enrichment facilities under construction.

That's important, because until nuclear material was actually introduced, Iran was under no obligation to report to the IAEA the construction of the gas-centrifuge plants at Natanz.

Obligated or not, Iran has placed "all essential components of centrifuges as defined by the Agency" under IAEA seals, except for 20 sets of centrifuge components to be used "for R&D purposes." Even then, Iran also offered to provide the IAEA with access to that R&D program "if requested."

Well, the neo-crazies promptly went bonkers. They charged that this R&D "exception" proved the Iranians had no intention of abiding by the agreement they made with Germany, France, and Great Britain to "suspend" all uranium-enrichment related activities and that this latest Iranian perfidy had to be brought immediately before the UN Security Council for action.

But don't let those neo-crazy charges create a false impression.

You see, Iran also stated that the "AEOI [Atomic Energy Organization of Iran] is not intending to use nuclear materials in any of the tests associated with the said R&D."

Gas centrifuges are not used exclusively for uranium isotope separation. Cascades of gas centrifuges are used to separate – in kilogram quantities for commercial sale – the isotopes of zinc, tungsten, molybdenum, krypton, xenon, germanium, iron, sulfur, oxygen, and carbon.

For example, large quantities of zinc-acetate-dihydrate are used as an additive in water-cooled, water-moderated nuclear power plants – particularly those burning plutonium-uranium mixed-oxide (MOX) fuels – to reduce corrosion and cracking of key components. However, the use of naturally occurring zinc would result in increased radiation exposure to plant workers, because Zn-64 – constituting 48% by isotopic concentration in naturally occurring zinc – is transformed into radioactive Zn-65 in the reactor environment. Hence the lucrative market for large quantities of "depleted" zinc-acetate-dihydrate wherein the Zn-64 isotopic concentration is reduced to less than 1%.

So, until IAEA Safeguarded "nuclear materials" are actually introduced into them, the origin of the centrifuges, the construction of cascades, and the operation thereof is none of the IAEA's beeswax. And who knows? Maybe the Iranians' secret plan all along has been to take over the depleted zinc market.

[b]Physicist James Gordon Prather has served as a policy implementing official for national security-related technical matters in the Federal Energy Agency, the Energy Research and Development Administration, the Department of Energy, the Office of the Secretary of Defense and the Department of the Army. Dr. Prather also served as legislative assistant for national security affairs to U.S. Sen. Henry Bellmon, R-Okla. -- ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee and member of the Senate Energy Committee and Appropriations Committee. Dr. Prather had earlier worked as a nuclear weapons physicist at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in California and Sandia National Laboratory in New Mexico.[/b] - http://www.antiwar.com/prathe...
 
George W. Bush's Crusade and American Fundamentalism ...
11.27.04 (12:38 pm)   [edit]
"[i]God's blessing is on him [George W. Bush]. It's the blessing of heaven on the emperor[/i]."
-Pat Robertson, evangelist

"[i]The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them[/i]."
-Book of Daniel, II, 32-35

Especially now with the U.S. election results, many pundits appear rather taken aback by the increasing evidence of George W. Bush's "faith-based" presidency-his "true-believer" confidence that if you just "believe," all things are possible. Those who have this faith believe they can transcend the reality that circumscribes the actions of those who lack such belief.

In his October 17th New York Times article, "Without a Doubt," Ron Suskind recounts a conversation with a senior Bush adviser in the summer of 2002, who noted that people such as Suskind were "in what we call the reality-based community." When Suskind attempted a reply, the adviser replied: "That's not the way the world really works anymore. . . . We're an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you're studying that reality-judiciously, as you will-we'll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that's how things will sort out. We're history's actors . . . and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do."

This "arrogance of power" is right out of the imperial doctrine of Theodore Roosevelt, which was once called "pure act," or in a larger sense, the "action principle" of fascism. Clearly, any empire's administration believes that it is not constrained by the reality of the same "Law" that applies to the rest of society.

But, what is perhaps most significant in the events recounted by Suskind and in the election results is not President Bush's confident, unquestioning faith that he is "God's instrument," but the blind faith of his fundamentalist followers, reminiscent of Sinclair Lewis's descriptions in Elmer Gantry. As Suskind somewhat differently observes, one might say that George W. Bush went up the hill as a tolerant Methodist, and came down as a puritanical Calvinist.

What is less understood is that all of the great empires in history have been characterized by a decline of reason and an increase in super-naturalist faith, combined with a belief in the empire with the emperor holding God's "mandate" on earth.

There are only three ultimate sources upon which derivative values such as "equality" can be based: supernatural law, natural law and statist, positive law. Empires tend to combine all of the three so that the emperor's legitimacy flows from God, nature, and his position as head of State. The intertwining of religion and nationalism in the State is indeed a very powerful one.

Today's unflinching, fundamentalist Christian support for the war in Iraq and U.S. global interventionism (regardless of the facts) was foretold earlier by anti-rational evangelical attempts to control textbooks, deny evolutionary principles, and block scientific research-sure early signs of the rise of a new "Age of Empire." The most famous book-burning incidentally was not pro-war Lynn Cheney's recent effort, or even Adolf Hitler's in 1933, but rather that of the great Ch'in Emperor, Shih Wang-ti (a central figure in the recent film, Hero) of imperial China in 221 B.C.

In Rome, before it was co-opted by the State, early Christianity was in many ways a tax revolt against the Roman Empire's increasing taxation burdens, ineptitude, and brutality. But instead of fighting taxes directly, which would have been quite fatal, the Christians (in keeping with Jesus's teachings of the Golden Rule and peace) sought to evade the Roman taxes by steering clear of the State and taking care of their own and others. For example, by 150 A.D. in the City of Rome, Christians, and not the State, were taking care of 1,500 widows and orphans, and if you were captured or kidnapped by barbarians (much as in Iraq today) your only hope of ransom was if you were a Christian.

However, by the 4th century the growing strength of many diverse Christian groups (aided by their assimilation of older religious ideas from the East) and the decline of the Roman Empire had made it clear to the Roman State under Constantine that its survival would require formally merging with and centralizing Christianity. (Charles Freeman's recent book, The Closing of the Western Mind: The Rise of Faith and the Fall of Reason details the way in which this took place.)

There had already been a rise of mysticism in the Greek Empire phase of classical civilization, led by Pythagoras against Ionian empiricism, and later this same irrational process was repeated in Rome. What was left of Roman "science" declined as "faith" rose to be preserved and carried to the West later by Islamic civilization.

And as Western Civilization emerged out of the ruins of the western part of the Roman Empire, we evolved to America on the periphery of the European core-pragmatic, Calvinist, fundamentalist (certainly not showing much influence of such natural-law thinkers as Thomas Aquinas), with America believing itself an exception to history (a messianic vision often shared by the periphery).

Given that historical context, American writers began to talk as early as 1828 of some U.S. leaders as Caesars. While the Founders sought to separate the State and religion, we never quite had a theocracy, but rather an "Erastian"-type state in New England (reminiscent of the theocratic doctrines adopted in Geneva from the Swiss theologian Thomas Erastus, 1524-1583), where formal governmental leaders were heavily influenced by religious ones. And so, with the growing corrupt, corporate-state empire based in America today, religionists have put themselves forward as one of the key corporate entities in that structure, and the fundamentalists have found their man in George W. Bush.

Religious zealotry was, of course, involved in the U.S.'s first formal venture into imperialism in 1898 with the Spanish-American War, when over 200,000 Filipinos were killed. The missionaries wanted to expand their efforts into China, and after President William McKinley supposedly communed with God, McKinley indicated we should take the Philippines and "Christianize" and "uplift" the natives there. (Protestants tended to ignore the fact that Spanish Catholicism had been there for over three centuries. And, this messianic zeal could sometimes end up embarrassingly when young missionaries returned from the East, instead praising insights of Eastern philosophies such as Buddhism and Taoism.)

Later, President Woodrow Wilson would extend this missionary mentality to the entire world during and after World War I, and the catastrophic repercussions are all too with us yet today!

Meanwhile, the decline of the U.S. empire has been evident for some decades now. Its growing bankruptcy since the 1960s is the most evident economic aspect, coupled with the cultural decline and intolerance regarding science and knowledge. With the plurality of those who voted in the recent presidential election saluting "Hail George," let us observe that the presidency of George W. Bush may well mark the turning point of exceptional acceleration of that process.

[b]Professor William Marina is Research Fellow at the Independent Institute in Oakland, Calif., and Professor Emeritus of History at Florida Atlantic University.[/b] - http://www.iviews.com/article...

 
George W. Bush's Crusade and American Fundamentalism ...
11.27.04 (12:36 pm)   [edit]
"[i]God's blessing is on him [George W. Bush]. It's the blessing of heaven on the emperor[/i]."
-Pat Robertson, evangelist

"[i]The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them[/i]."
-Book of Daniel, II, 32-35

Especially now with the U.S. election results, many pundits appear rather taken aback by the increasing evidence of George W. Bush's "faith-based" presidency-his "true-believer" confidence that if you just "believe," all things are possible. Those who have this faith believe they can transcend the reality that circumscribes the actions of those who lack such belief.

In his October 17th New York Times article, "Without a Doubt," Ron Suskind recounts a conversation with a senior Bush adviser in the summer of 2002, who noted that people such as Suskind were "in what we call the reality-based community." When Suskind attempted a reply, the adviser replied: "That's not the way the world really works anymore. . . . We're an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you're studying that reality-judiciously, as you will-we'll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that's how things will sort out. We're history's actors . . . and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do."

This "arrogance of power" is right out of the imperial doctrine of Theodore Roosevelt, which was once called "pure act," or in a larger sense, the "action principle" of fascism. Clearly, any empire's administration believes that it is not constrained by the reality of the same "Law" that applies to the rest of society.

But, what is perhaps most significant in the events recounted by Suskind and in the election results is not President Bush's confident, unquestioning faith that he is "God's instrument," but the blind faith of his fundamentalist followers, reminiscent of Sinclair Lewis's descriptions in Elmer Gantry. As Suskind somewhat differently observes, one might say that George W. Bush went up the hill as a tolerant Methodist, and came down as a puritanical Calvinist.

What is less understood is that all of the great empires in history have been characterized by a decline of reason and an increase in super-naturalist faith, combined with a belief in the empire with the emperor holding God's "mandate" on earth.

There are only three ultimate sources upon which derivative values such as "equality" can be based: supernatural law, natural law and statist, positive law. Empires tend to combine all of the three so that the emperor's legitimacy flows from God, nature, and his position as head of State. The intertwining of religion and nationalism in the State is indeed a very powerful one.

Today's unflinching, fundamentalist Christian support for the war in Iraq and U.S. global interventionism (regardless of the facts) was foretold earlier by anti-rational evangelical attempts to control textbooks, deny evolutionary principles, and block scientific research-sure early signs of the rise of a new "Age of Empire." The most famous book-burning incidentally was not pro-war Lynn Cheney's recent effort, or even Adolf Hitler's in 1933, but rather that of the great Ch'in Emperor, Shih Wang-ti (a central figure in the recent film, Hero) of imperial China in 221 B.C.

In Rome, before it was co-opted by the State, early Christianity was in many ways a tax revolt against the Roman Empire's increasing taxation burdens, ineptitude, and brutality. But instead of fighting taxes directly, which would have been quite fatal, the Christians (in keeping with Jesus's teachings of the Golden Rule and peace) sought to evade the Roman taxes by steering clear of the State and taking care of their own and others. For example, by 150 A.D. in the City of Rome, Christians, and not the State, were taking care of 1,500 widows and orphans, and if you were captured or kidnapped by barbarians (much as in Iraq today) your only hope of ransom was if you were a Christian.

However, by the 4th century the growing strength of many diverse Christian groups (aided by their assimilation of older religious ideas from the East) and the decline of the Roman Empire had made it clear to the Roman State under Constantine that its survival would require formally merging with and centralizing Christianity. (Charles Freeman's recent book, The Closing of the Western Mind: The Rise of Faith and the Fall of Reason details the way in which this took place.)

There had already been a rise of mysticism in the Greek Empire phase of classical civilization, led by Pythagoras against Ionian empiricism, and later this same irrational process was repeated in Rome. What was left of Roman "science" declined as "faith" rose to be preserved and carried to the West later by Islamic civilization.

And as Western Civilization emerged out of the ruins of the western part of the Roman Empire, we evolved to America on the periphery of the European core-pragmatic, Calvinist, fundamentalist (certainly not showing much influence of such natural-law thinkers as Thomas Aquinas), with America believing itself an exception to history (a messianic vision often shared by the periphery).

Given that historical context, American writers began to talk as early as 1828 of some U.S. leaders as Caesars. While the Founders sought to separate the State and religion, we never quite had a theocracy, but rather an "Erastian"-type state in New England (reminiscent of the theocratic doctrines adopted in Geneva from the Swiss theologian Thomas Erastus, 1524-1583), where formal governmental leaders were heavily influenced by religious ones. And so, with the growing corrupt, corporate-state empire based in America today, religionists have put themselves forward as one of the key corporate entities in that structure, and the fundamentalists have found their man in George W. Bush.

Religious zealotry was, of course, involved in the U.S.'s first formal venture into imperialism in 1898 with the Spanish-American War, when over 200,000 Filipinos were killed. The missionaries wanted to expand their efforts into China, and after President William McKinley supposedly communed with God, McKinley indicated we should take the Philippines and "Christianize" and "uplift" the natives there. (Protestants tended to ignore the fact that Spanish Catholicism had been there for over three centuries. And, this messianic zeal could sometimes end up embarrassingly when young missionaries returned from the East, instead praising insights of Eastern philosophies such as Buddhism and Taoism.)

Later, President Woodrow Wilson would extend this missionary mentality to the entire world during and after World War I, and the catastrophic repercussions are all too with us yet today!

Meanwhile, the decline of the U.S. empire has been evident for some decades now. Its growing bankruptcy since the 1960s is the most evident economic aspect, coupled with the cultural decline and intolerance regarding science and knowledge. With the plurality of those who voted in the recent presidential election saluting "Hail George," let us observe that the presidency of George W. Bush may well mark the turning point of exceptional acceleration of that process.

[b]Professor William Marina is Research Fellow at the Independent Institute in Oakland, Calif., and Professor Emeritus of History at Florida Atlantic University.[/b] - http://www.iviews.com/article...

 
George W. Bush's Crusade and American Fundamentalism ...
11.27.04 (12:36 pm)   [edit]
"[i]God's blessing is on him [George W. Bush]. It's the blessing of heaven on the emperor[/i]."
-Pat Robertson, evangelist

"[i]The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them[/i]."
-Book of Daniel, II, 32-35

Especially now with the U.S. election results, many pundits appear rather taken aback by the increasing evidence of George W. Bush's "faith-based" presidency-his "true-believer" confidence that if you just "believe," all things are possible. Those who have this faith believe they can transcend the reality that circumscribes the actions of those who lack such belief.

In his October 17th New York Times article, "Without a Doubt," Ron Suskind recounts a conversation with a senior Bush adviser in the summer of 2002, who noted that people such as Suskind were "in what we call the reality-based community." When Suskind attempted a reply, the adviser replied: "That's not the way the world really works anymore. . . . We're an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you're studying that reality-judiciously, as you will-we'll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that's how things will sort out. We're history's actors . . . and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do."

This "arrogance of power" is right out of the imperial doctrine of Theodore Roosevelt, which was once called "pure act," or in a larger sense, the "action principle" of fascism. Clearly, any empire's administration believes that it is not constrained by the reality of the same "Law" that applies to the rest of society.

But, what is perhaps most significant in the events recounted by Suskind and in the election results is not President Bush's confident, unquestioning faith that he is "God's instrument," but the blind faith of his fundamentalist followers, reminiscent of Sinclair Lewis's descriptions in Elmer Gantry. As Suskind somewhat differently observes, one might say that George W. Bush went up the hill as a tolerant Methodist, and came down as a puritanical Calvinist.

What is less understood is that all of the great empires in history have been characterized by a decline of reason and an increase in super-naturalist faith, combined with a belief in the empire with the emperor holding God's "mandate" on earth.

There are only three ultimate sources upon which derivative values such as "equality" can be based: supernatural law, natural law and statist, positive law. Empires tend to combine all of the three so that the emperor's legitimacy flows from God, nature, and his position as head of State. The intertwining of religion and nationalism in the State is indeed a very powerful one.

Today's unflinching, fundamentalist Christian support for the war in Iraq and U.S. global interventionism (regardless of the facts) was foretold earlier by anti-rational evangelical attempts to control textbooks, deny evolutionary principles, and block scientific research-sure early signs of the rise of a new "Age of Empire." The most famous book-burning incidentally was not pro-war Lynn Cheney's recent effort, or even Adolf Hitler's in 1933, but rather that of the great Ch'in Emperor, Shih Wang-ti (a central figure in the recent film, Hero) of imperial China in 221 B.C.

In Rome, before it was co-opted by the State, early Christianity was in many ways a tax revolt against the Roman Empire's increasing taxation burdens, ineptitude, and brutality. But instead of fighting taxes directly, which would have been quite fatal, the Christians (in keeping with Jesus's teachings of the Golden Rule and peace) sought to evade the Roman taxes by steering clear of the State and taking care of their own and others. For example, by 150 A.D. in the City of Rome, Christians, and not the State, were taking care of 1,500 widows and orphans, and if you were captured or kidnapped by barbarians (much as in Iraq today) your only hope of ransom was if you were a Christian.

However, by the 4th century the growing strength of many diverse Christian groups (aided by their assimilation of older religious ideas from the East) and the decline of the Roman Empire had made it clear to the Roman State under Constantine that its survival would require formally merging with and centralizing Christianity. (Charles Freeman's recent book, The Closing of the Western Mind: The Rise of Faith and the Fall of Reason details the way in which this took place.)

There had already been a rise of mysticism in the Greek Empire phase of classical civilization, led by Pythagoras against Ionian empiricism, and later this same irrational process was repeated in Rome. What was left of Roman "science" declined as "faith" rose to be preserved and carried to the West later by Islamic civilization.

And as Western Civilization emerged out of the ruins of the western part of the Roman Empire, we evolved to America on the periphery of the European core-pragmatic, Calvinist, fundamentalist (certainly not showing much influence of such natural-law thinkers as Thomas Aquinas), with America believing itself an exception to history (a messianic vision often shared by the periphery).

Given that historical context, American writers began to talk as early as 1828 of some U.S. leaders as Caesars. While the Founders sought to separate the State and religion, we never quite had a theocracy, but rather an "Erastian"-type state in New England (reminiscent of the theocratic doctrines adopted in Geneva from the Swiss theologian Thomas Erastus, 1524-1583), where formal governmental leaders were heavily influenced by religious ones. And so, with the growing corrupt, corporate-state empire based in America today, religionists have put themselves forward as one of the key corporate entities in that structure, and the fundamentalists have found their man in George W. Bush.

Religious zealotry was, of course, involved in the U.S.'s first formal venture into imperialism in 1898 with the Spanish-American War, when over 200,000 Filipinos were killed. The missionaries wanted to expand their efforts into China, and after President William McKinley supposedly communed with God, McKinley indicated we should take the Philippines and "Christianize" and "uplift" the natives there. (Protestants tended to ignore the fact that Spanish Catholicism had been there for over three centuries. And, this messianic zeal could sometimes end up embarrassingly when young missionaries returned from the East, instead praising insights of Eastern philosophies such as Buddhism and Taoism.)

Later, President Woodrow Wilson would extend this missionary mentality to the entire world during and after World War I, and the catastrophic repercussions are all too with us yet today!

Meanwhile, the decline of the U.S. empire has been evident for some decades now. Its growing bankruptcy since the 1960s is the most evident economic aspect, coupled with the cultural decline and intolerance regarding science and knowledge. With the plurality of those who voted in the recent presidential election saluting "Hail George," let us observe that the presidency of George W. Bush may well mark the turning point of exceptional acceleration of that process.

[b]Professor William Marina is Research Fellow at the Independent Institute in Oakland, Calif., and Professor Emeritus of History at Florida Atlantic University.[/b] - http://www.iviews.com/article...

 
Why Israel Really Fears Iranian Nukes
11.27.04 (12:30 pm)   [edit]
[b]Tel Aviv's concern about an Iranian bomb is more likely political rather than military [/b]

Israel's leaders are apt to portray the prospect of an Iranian nuclear warhead in highly apocalyptic terms. Earlier this year, for example, Ariel Sharon was prepared to call Iran "the biggest danger to the existence of Israel" and warned that "Israel will not allow Iran to be equipped with a nuclear weapon."

But though the image of fanatical mullahs brandishing nuclear weapons is of course a terrifying one, and a reality that the outside world must of course try very hard to prevent, the real reasons for Israel's alarm are, on closer inspection, easy to misapprehend.

Tel Aviv's concern is not, for example, likely to be based on narrowly military considerations. If Israel's main installations at Dimona really do house a large arsenal of around 200 nuclear missiles, as most independent analysts believe, and of course it has such close relations with the world's biggest nuclear power, the United States, why would the Iranians dare to provoke the massive and devastating retaliation that any foolish nuclear move would inevitably provoke?

The same logic holds true about the supposed risk that hardliners in Tehran could pass nuclear materials into the hands of terrorist third parties whose fanaticism renders them immune to the mutually assured destruction their actions would invite. But don't the mullahs know that any such move could easily be traced back to Iran and would therefore prompt a similarly devastating response?

Nor would an Iranian bomb make any difference to the state of play on the ground between the Israeli Defense Forces and Tehran's supposed protégés in the Middle East such as the Lebanese militia Hizbollah. As Basil Liddell Hart once argued, a nuclear weapon will deter only nuclear blackmail but will make no difference to the behavior of conventional forces in the field. Consider, after all, how many nuclear states have been attacked by the conventional forces of the non-nuclear – America in Vietnam, Britain in the Falklands, and Israel during the Yom Kippur War.

It seems likely, then, that there are other, more convincing, reasons why Israel is concerned about an Iranian bomb. One possibility, for example, is that Tel Aviv is deeply concerned that such a development could potentially create deep splits in the U.S.-Israel alliance.

Consider, for example, what would happen if Tehran, having developed a warhead and withdrawn from the 1968 Non-Proliferation Treaty, offered to reduce the size of or even eliminate its own nuclear arsenal in return for similar moves – all UN-monitored – by Tel Aviv.

This would be a typically calculating and manipulative ploy by an Iranian regime playing the Israeli card to bolster its support at home and in the Islamic world as a whole. But any such ploy by Tehran would also seek to divide the more moderate European governments from a U.S. administration that has consistently been far more skeptical of Iranian nuclear assurances.

This might prove an adept move by posing a very difficult dilemma for an administration anxious to eliminate Iran's nuclear capability but equally reluctant to pressure its key Middle Eastern ally.

Any subsequent U.S. diplomatic pressure on Tel Aviv would infuriate Israeli leaders, who have long considered their nuclear arsenal as their best deterrent against what they regard as a hostile and numerically vastly superior Arab world. On two occasions, during the wars of 1967 and 1973, IDF chiefs ordered the preparation of their nuclear missiles against enemy forces.

But because the Israelis have frequently fended off intense U.S. diplomatic pressure before now, this is probably not the real reason why Tel Aviv would fear any such Iranian move. More important, perhaps, is the possibility that it would pose awkward questions, or even a far-reaching debate, in Washington and amongst the American public in general about the cost to America of an unquestioning loyalty to Israel.

In short, the development of a nuclear bomb has not just obvious military implications; it also brings far-reaching political fallout of which Israeli chiefs must be very conscious. - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/h...

 
Why Israel Really Fears Iranian Nukes
11.27.04 (12:28 pm)   [edit]
[b]Tel Aviv's concern about an Iranian bomb is more likely political rather than military [/b]

Israel's leaders are apt to portray the prospect of an Iranian nuclear warhead in highly apocalyptic terms. Earlier this year, for example, Ariel Sharon was prepared to call Iran "the biggest danger to the existence of Israel" and warned that "Israel will not allow Iran to be equipped with a nuclear weapon."

But though the image of fanatical mullahs brandishing nuclear weapons is of course a terrifying one, and a reality that the outside world must of course try very hard to prevent, the real reasons for Israel's alarm are, on closer inspection, easy to misapprehend.

Tel Aviv's concern is not, for example, likely to be based on narrowly military considerations. If Israel's main installations at Dimona really do house a large arsenal of around 200 nuclear missiles, as most independent analysts believe, and of course it has such close relations with the world's biggest nuclear power, the United States, why would the Iranians dare to provoke the massive and devastating retaliation that any foolish nuclear move would inevitably provoke?

The same logic holds true about the supposed risk that hardliners in Tehran could pass nuclear materials into the hands of terrorist third parties whose fanaticism renders them immune to the mutually assured destruction their actions would invite. But don't the mullahs know that any such move could easily be traced back to Iran and would therefore prompt a similarly devastating response?

Nor would an Iranian bomb make any difference to the state of play on the ground between the Israeli Defense Forces and Tehran's supposed protégés in the Middle East such as the Lebanese militia Hizbollah. As Basil Liddell Hart once argued, a nuclear weapon will deter only nuclear blackmail but will make no difference to the behavior of conventional forces in the field. Consider, after all, how many nuclear states have been attacked by the conventional forces of the non-nuclear – America in Vietnam, Britain in the Falklands, and Israel during the Yom Kippur War.

It seems likely, then, that there are other, more convincing, reasons why Israel is concerned about an Iranian bomb. One possibility, for example, is that Tel Aviv is deeply concerned that such a development could potentially create deep splits in the U.S.-Israel alliance.

Consider, for example, what would happen if Tehran, having developed a warhead and withdrawn from the 1968 Non-Proliferation Treaty, offered to reduce the size of or even eliminate its own nuclear arsenal in return for similar moves – all UN-monitored – by Tel Aviv.

This would be a typically calculating and manipulative ploy by an Iranian regime playing the Israeli card to bolster its support at home and in the Islamic world as a whole. But any such ploy by Tehran would also seek to divide the more moderate European governments from a U.S. administration that has consistently been far more skeptical of Iranian nuclear assurances.

This might prove an adept move by posing a very difficult dilemma for an administration anxious to eliminate Iran's nuclear capability but equally reluctant to pressure its key Middle Eastern ally.

Any subsequent U.S. diplomatic pressure on Tel Aviv would infuriate Israeli leaders, who have long considered their nuclear arsenal as their best deterrent against what they regard as a hostile and numerically vastly superior Arab world. On two occasions, during the wars of 1967 and 1973, IDF chiefs ordered the preparation of their nuclear missiles against enemy forces.

But because the Israelis have frequently fended off intense U.S. diplomatic pressure before now, this is probably not the real reason why Tel Aviv would fear any such Iranian move. More important, perhaps, is the possibility that it would pose awkward questions, or even a far-reaching debate, in Washington and amongst the American public in general about the cost to America of an unquestioning loyalty to Israel.

In short, the development of a nuclear bomb has not just obvious military implications; it also brings far-reaching political fallout of which Israeli chiefs must be very conscious. - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/h...

 
Why Israel Really Fears Iranian Nukes
11.27.04 (12:28 pm)   [edit]
[b]Tel Aviv's concern about an Iranian bomb is more likely political rather than military [/b]

Israel's leaders are apt to portray the prospect of an Iranian nuclear warhead in highly apocalyptic terms. Earlier this year, for example, Ariel Sharon was prepared to call Iran "the biggest danger to the existence of Israel" and warned that "Israel will not allow Iran to be equipped with a nuclear weapon."

But though the image of fanatical mullahs brandishing nuclear weapons is of course a terrifying one, and a reality that the outside world must of course try very hard to prevent, the real reasons for Israel's alarm are, on closer inspection, easy to misapprehend.

Tel Aviv's concern is not, for example, likely to be based on narrowly military considerations. If Israel's main installations at Dimona really do house a large arsenal of around 200 nuclear missiles, as most independent analysts believe, and of course it has such close relations with the world's biggest nuclear power, the United States, why would the Iranians dare to provoke the massive and devastating retaliation that any foolish nuclear move would inevitably provoke?

The same logic holds true about the supposed risk that hardliners in Tehran could pass nuclear materials into the hands of terrorist third parties whose fanaticism renders them immune to the mutually assured destruction their actions would invite. But don't the mullahs know that any such move could easily be traced back to Iran and would therefore prompt a similarly devastating response?

Nor would an Iranian bomb make any difference to the state of play on the ground between the Israeli Defense Forces and Tehran's supposed protégés in the Middle East such as the Lebanese militia Hizbollah. As Basil Liddell Hart once argued, a nuclear weapon will deter only nuclear blackmail but will make no difference to the behavior of conventional forces in the field. Consider, after all, how many nuclear states have been attacked by the conventional forces of the non-nuclear – America in Vietnam, Britain in the Falklands, and Israel during the Yom Kippur War.

It seems likely, then, that there are other, more convincing, reasons why Israel is concerned about an Iranian bomb. One possibility, for example, is that Tel Aviv is deeply concerned that such a development could potentially create deep splits in the U.S.-Israel alliance.

Consider, for example, what would happen if Tehran, having developed a warhead and withdrawn from the 1968 Non-Proliferation Treaty, offered to reduce the size of or even eliminate its own nuclear arsenal in return for similar moves – all UN-monitored – by Tel Aviv.

This would be a typically calculating and manipulative ploy by an Iranian regime playing the Israeli card to bolster its support at home and in the Islamic world as a whole. But any such ploy by Tehran would also seek to divide the more moderate European governments from a U.S. administration that has consistently been far more skeptical of Iranian nuclear assurances.

This might prove an adept move by posing a very difficult dilemma for an administration anxious to eliminate Iran's nuclear capability but equally reluctant to pressure its key Middle Eastern ally.

Any subsequent U.S. diplomatic pressure on Tel Aviv would infuriate Israeli leaders, who have long considered their nuclear arsenal as their best deterrent against what they regard as a hostile and numerically vastly superior Arab world. On two occasions, during the wars of 1967 and 1973, IDF chiefs ordered the preparation of their nuclear missiles against enemy forces.

But because the Israelis have frequently fended off intense U.S. diplomatic pressure before now, this is probably not the real reason why Tel Aviv would fear any such Iranian move. More important, perhaps, is the possibility that it would pose awkward questions, or even a far-reaching debate, in Washington and amongst the American public in general about the cost to America of an unquestioning loyalty to Israel.

In short, the development of a nuclear bomb has not just obvious military implications; it also brings far-reaching political fallout of which Israeli chiefs must be very conscious. - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/h...

 
And You Wonder Why We Have Problems With The Muslim World? ...
11.27.04 (12:26 pm)   [edit]
[b]Credibility Can Only Be Lost Once [/b]

Credibility, like virginity, can only be lost once and never recovered. Hence, the problem the Bush administration has in dealing with Iran is that having been so wrong about Iraq, who can believe it now?

I recognize that a majority of Americans shrugged off going to war on false premises. The rest of the world is not so forgiving. The Bush administration's unprofessional, undiplomatic approach to the question of Iran's nuclear intentions sounds too much like the Iraqi dialogue. That dialogue consisted of American officials calling the Iraqis liars and the Iraqis denying they had weapons of mass destruction.

Now we're hearing the same childish dialogue directed at Iran. Iran insists it is not attempting to build nuclear weapons, and the United States replies with name-calling.

It's sad to say, but the Iranian government currently has more credibility than the Bush administration. All credibility was destroyed by the administration's militant insistence that it had "factual evidence" of Iraq's weapons of mass destruction. "We know where they are," Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld said with his smug grin. Everybody from the president and the vice president to the national-security adviser to the secretary of state kept belligerently insisting that those weapons existed and scoffed at everyone who expressed any skepticism. And every one of them was 100 percent wrong.

So, I'm sorry, but merely saying that Iran intends to build nuclear weapons without a shred of proof just doesn't cut it. The Iranians might well be lying about their intentions, but the Bush administration has offered us no proof that they are. Two things favor the Iranian position. One is the Iranians' explanation for building nuclear plants. Their only export of real value is oil. They recognize that they have a limited supply of oil. So, rather using up their high-value export for domestic power, they decided to employ nuclear energy for their domestic use and thus stretch out their ability to export oil. That makes perfect sense.

Second, Iran has signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, and Iran has repeatedly called for a nuclear-free Middle East. Guess who opposes that idea? The United States. Guess why? Israel is the only country in the Middle East that really does have nuclear weapons. Israel has also refused to sign the non-proliferation treaty and refuses to allow international inspections. And it is Israel that views Iran as a threat.

But in the perverted world of Washington, a Muslim country that has signed the non-proliferation treaty, which allows international inspections, and that has called for a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East is the villain, while Israel, which refuses both the treaty and inspections and has actually built nuclear weapons, is the hero.

And you wonder why we have problems with the Muslim world.

Furthermore, the attempt by Israel to maintain a nuclear-weapons monopoly in the Middle East explains quite well why Iran has dispersed its nuclear facilities. The Iranians haven't forgotten that the Israelis bombed the nuclear reactor in Iraq, nor are they unaware that the Bush administration has agreed to sell Israel our biggest bunker-buster bombs.

In the meantime, Iran has agreed with Europeans to suspend its enrichment of uranium, an operation Iran has a legal right to perform.

If Israel attacks Iran, the Iranians, who have missiles capable of reaching Israel, will fire back. Then we will probably get into it, and if the Syrians have any sense, they will attack Israel, and, to use a quote from an old movie, "This situation is out of control."

"Out of control" is a phrase no rational person would ever want to apply to the Middle East. There are just too many possibilities, and all of them are bad.

Rather than repeat the bad handling of the Iraq situation, the Bush administration should be joining the Arabs and Iran in calling for a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East. But as John Wayne would say, "That'll be the day."

[b]Charley Reese has been a journalist for 49 years, reporting on everything from sports to politics. From 1969-71, he worked as a campaign staffer for gubernatorial, senatorial and congressional races in several states. He was an editor, assistant to the publisher, and columnist for the Orlando Sentinel from 1971 to 2001. He now writes a syndicated column three times a week for King Features, which is carried on Antiwar.com. Reese served two years active duty in the U.S. Army as a tank gunner. [/b] - http://www.antiwar.com/reese/...
 
And You Wonder Why We Have Problems With The Muslim World? ...
11.27.04 (12:24 pm)   [edit]
[b]Credibility Can Only Be Lost Once [/b]

Credibility, like virginity, can only be lost once and never recovered. Hence, the problem the Bush administration has in dealing with Iran is that having been so wrong about Iraq, who can believe it now?

I recognize that a majority of Americans shrugged off going to war on false premises. The rest of the world is not so forgiving. The Bush administration's unprofessional, undiplomatic approach to the question of Iran's nuclear intentions sounds too much like the Iraqi dialogue. That dialogue consisted of American officials calling the Iraqis liars and the Iraqis denying they had weapons of mass destruction.

Now we're hearing the same childish dialogue directed at Iran. Iran insists it is not attempting to build nuclear weapons, and the United States replies with name-calling.

It's sad to say, but the Iranian government currently has more credibility than the Bush administration. All credibility was destroyed by the administration's militant insistence that it had "factual evidence" of Iraq's weapons of mass destruction. "We know where they are," Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld said with his smug grin. Everybody from the president and the vice president to the national-security adviser to the secretary of state kept belligerently insisting that those weapons existed and scoffed at everyone who expressed any skepticism. And every one of them was 100 percent wrong.

So, I'm sorry, but merely saying that Iran intends to build nuclear weapons without a shred of proof just doesn't cut it. The Iranians might well be lying about their intentions, but the Bush administration has offered us no proof that they are. Two things favor the Iranian position. One is the Iranians' explanation for building nuclear plants. Their only export of real value is oil. They recognize that they have a limited supply of oil. So, rather using up their high-value export for domestic power, they decided to employ nuclear energy for their domestic use and thus stretch out their ability to export oil. That makes perfect sense.

Second, Iran has signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, and Iran has repeatedly called for a nuclear-free Middle East. Guess who opposes that idea? The United States. Guess why? Israel is the only country in the Middle East that really does have nuclear weapons. Israel has also refused to sign the non-proliferation treaty and refuses to allow international inspections. And it is Israel that views Iran as a threat.

But in the perverted world of Washington, a Muslim country that has signed the non-proliferation treaty, which allows international inspections, and that has called for a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East is the villain, while Israel, which refuses both the treaty and inspections and has actually built nuclear weapons, is the hero.

And you wonder why we have problems with the Muslim world.

Furthermore, the attempt by Israel to maintain a nuclear-weapons monopoly in the Middle East explains quite well why Iran has dispersed its nuclear facilities. The Iranians haven't forgotten that the Israelis bombed the nuclear reactor in Iraq, nor are they unaware that the Bush administration has agreed to sell Israel our biggest bunker-buster bombs.

In the meantime, Iran has agreed with Europeans to suspend its enrichment of uranium, an operation Iran has a legal right to perform.

If Israel attacks Iran, the Iranians, who have missiles capable of reaching Israel, will fire back. Then we will probably get into it, and if the Syrians have any sense, they will attack Israel, and, to use a quote from an old movie, "This situation is out of control."

"Out of control" is a phrase no rational person would ever want to apply to the Middle East. There are just too many possibilities, and all of them are bad.

Rather than repeat the bad handling of the Iraq situation, the Bush administration should be joining the Arabs and Iran in calling for a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East. But as John Wayne would say, "That'll be the day."

[b]Charley Reese has been a journalist for 49 years, reporting on everything from sports to politics. From 1969-71, he worked as a campaign staffer for gubernatorial, senatorial and congressional races in several states. He was an editor, assistant to the publisher, and columnist for the Orlando Sentinel from 1971 to 2001. He now writes a syndicated column three times a week for King Features, which is carried on Antiwar.com. Reese served two years active duty in the U.S. Army as a tank gunner. [/b] - http://www.antiwar.com/reese/...
 
And You Wonder Why We Have Problems With The Muslim World? ...
11.27.04 (12:24 pm)   [edit]
[b]Credibility Can Only Be Lost Once [/b]

Credibility, like virginity, can only be lost once and never recovered. Hence, the problem the Bush administration has in dealing with Iran is that having been so wrong about Iraq, who can believe it now?

I recognize that a majority of Americans shrugged off going to war on false premises. The rest of the world is not so forgiving. The Bush administration's unprofessional, undiplomatic approach to the question of Iran's nuclear intentions sounds too much like the Iraqi dialogue. That dialogue consisted of American officials calling the Iraqis liars and the Iraqis denying they had weapons of mass destruction.

Now we're hearing the same childish dialogue directed at Iran. Iran insists it is not attempting to build nuclear weapons, and the United States replies with name-calling.

It's sad to say, but the Iranian government currently has more credibility than the Bush administration. All credibility was destroyed by the administration's militant insistence that it had "factual evidence" of Iraq's weapons of mass destruction. "We know where they are," Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld said with his smug grin. Everybody from the president and the vice president to the national-security adviser to the secretary of state kept belligerently insisting that those weapons existed and scoffed at everyone who expressed any skepticism. And every one of them was 100 percent wrong.

So, I'm sorry, but merely saying that Iran intends to build nuclear weapons without a shred of proof just doesn't cut it. The Iranians might well be lying about their intentions, but the Bush administration has offered us no proof that they are. Two things favor the Iranian position. One is the Iranians' explanation for building nuclear plants. Their only export of real value is oil. They recognize that they have a limited supply of oil. So, rather using up their high-value export for domestic power, they decided to employ nuclear energy for their domestic use and thus stretch out their ability to export oil. That makes perfect sense.

Second, Iran has signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, and Iran has repeatedly called for a nuclear-free Middle East. Guess who opposes that idea? The United States. Guess why? Israel is the only country in the Middle East that really does have nuclear weapons. Israel has also refused to sign the non-proliferation treaty and refuses to allow international inspections. And it is Israel that views Iran as a threat.

But in the perverted world of Washington, a Muslim country that has signed the non-proliferation treaty, which allows international inspections, and that has called for a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East is the villain, while Israel, which refuses both the treaty and inspections and has actually built nuclear weapons, is the hero.

And you wonder why we have problems with the Muslim world.

Furthermore, the attempt by Israel to maintain a nuclear-weapons monopoly in the Middle East explains quite well why Iran has dispersed its nuclear facilities. The Iranians haven't forgotten that the Israelis bombed the nuclear reactor in Iraq, nor are they unaware that the Bush administration has agreed to sell Israel our biggest bunker-buster bombs.

In the meantime, Iran has agreed with Europeans to suspend its enrichment of uranium, an operation Iran has a legal right to perform.

If Israel attacks Iran, the Iranians, who have missiles capable of reaching Israel, will fire back. Then we will probably get into it, and if the Syrians have any sense, they will attack Israel, and, to use a quote from an old movie, "This situation is out of control."

"Out of control" is a phrase no rational person would ever want to apply to the Middle East. There are just too many possibilities, and all of them are bad.

Rather than repeat the bad handling of the Iraq situation, the Bush administration should be joining the Arabs and Iran in calling for a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East. But as John Wayne would say, "That'll be the day."

[b]Charley Reese has been a journalist for 49 years, reporting on everything from sports to politics. From 1969-71, he worked as a campaign staffer for gubernatorial, senatorial and congressional races in several states. He was an editor, assistant to the publisher, and columnist for the Orlando Sentinel from 1971 to 2001. He now writes a syndicated column three times a week for King Features, which is carried on Antiwar.com. Reese served two years active duty in the U.S. Army as a tank gunner. [/b] - http://www.antiwar.com/reese/...
 
The Christian Right Should Be Careful What It Wishes For ...
11.27.04 (12:20 pm)   [edit]
"My pastor kept asking us to pray for George Bush to win," a Georgia woman told me last week, "and most folks seemed to go along with it. So I just kept quiet and secretly prayed for the other side."

She's not alone. A majority of frequent churchgoers may have voted for President Bush (if surveys are right), but a large minority voted for Sen. John Kerry. Not all Christians -- not even all evangelicals -- are born-again Republicans.

But the word "Christian" (not unlike the word "moral") is increasingly tied in the news media to the word "Republican," thanks to the successful alliance between Karl Rove and leaders of the religious right. (In one pre-election news account, a minister described comforting a parishioner who anxiously asked if he could remain a Christian and vote for Kerry.)

Growing numbers of Christians are alarmed by the hijacking of their faith. In an editorial last week, Robert Parham of the moderate Baptist Center for Ethics vowed to "take on the religious right more forcefully -- critiquing its false religion and anointment of the GOP as God's Only Party."

Meanwhile, emboldened by the perception that evangelicals decided the election, Jerry Falwell, James Dobson and other evangelical leaders close to the White House are already lining up to claim the spoils. They expect to have the power to shape the Republican agenda on everything from constitutional amendments to Supreme Court appointments.

But before conservative Christians get too comfortable with this church-state alliance, they would do well to remember a bit of familiar wisdom: Those who seek power by riding the back of the tiger end up inside.

The unprecedented mobilization of evangelical churches by the Republican Party and religious right leaders may have helped win an election, but it could end badly for people of faith in the pews. History teaches that partisan politics inevitably corrupts religion and divides the church.

As another Dobson, the Rev. Edward Dobson, wrote some years ago in Christianity Today, "the church -- as the church -- cannot allow itself to be co-opted by political action; and pastors and others who speak for the church cannot allow themselves to be distracted from the gospel by partisan engagement. As a former board member for the Moral Majority, I know the potential dangers of this kind of political activity -- the possible jettisoning of the gospel for a political agenda."

Some Christian churches have already tasted the fruits of the Christian-Republican alliance. By executive order, President Bush has opened the floodgates of funding through his "faith-based initiative." Millions of tax dollars now flow to churches for a whole range of programs -- with inadequate First Amendment safeguards to uphold religious liberty.

With government shekels come government shackles. Not only do churches risk losing their autonomy; they risk losing their prophetic voice. A church compromised by partisan politics and dependent on government funds can no longer distance itself from the culture and can no longer call the government to account for its failures.

This threat to religious faith from church-state entanglement is precisely what James Madison warned about during the great battle for disestablishment in Virginia more than 200 years ago. Warning against state support for religion, he argued from history:

"During almost fifteen centuries has the legal establishment of Christianity been on trial. What have been its fruits? More or less in all places, pride and indolence in the Clergy, ignorance and servility in the laity, in both, superstition, bigotry and persecution."

Madison understood then what leaders of the religious right would have Christians forget today: When churches join forces with any political party, they are lured into a Faustian bargain -- trading the authentic power of faith for the fleeting rewards of worldly influence.

Before heeding the voices of false prophets on the far right, Christians would do well to recall the warning of Jesus himself:

"For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world and lose his own soul?"

[b]Charles Haynes is senior scholar at the Freedom Forum's First Amendment Center. He can be reached at chaynes@freedomforum.org.[/b] - http://www.harktheherald.com/...

 
The Christian Right Should Be Careful What It Wishes For ...
11.27.04 (12:18 pm)   [edit]
"My pastor kept asking us to pray for George Bush to win," a Georgia woman told me last week, "and most folks seemed to go along with it. So I just kept quiet and secretly prayed for the other side."

She's not alone. A majority of frequent churchgoers may have voted for President Bush (if surveys are right), but a large minority voted for Sen. John Kerry. Not all Christians -- not even all evangelicals -- are born-again Republicans.

But the word "Christian" (not unlike the word "moral") is increasingly tied in the news media to the word "Republican," thanks to the successful alliance between Karl Rove and leaders of the religious right. (In one pre-election news account, a minister described comforting a parishioner who anxiously asked if he could remain a Christian and vote for Kerry.)

Growing numbers of Christians are alarmed by the hijacking of their faith. In an editorial last week, Robert Parham of the moderate Baptist Center for Ethics vowed to "take on the religious right more forcefully -- critiquing its false religion and anointment of the GOP as God's Only Party."

Meanwhile, emboldened by the perception that evangelicals decided the election, Jerry Falwell, James Dobson and other evangelical leaders close to the White House are already lining up to claim the spoils. They expect to have the power to shape the Republican agenda on everything from constitutional amendments to Supreme Court appointments.

But before conservative Christians get too comfortable with this church-state alliance, they would do well to remember a bit of familiar wisdom: Those who seek power by riding the back of the tiger end up inside.

The unprecedented mobilization of evangelical churches by the Republican Party and religious right leaders may have helped win an election, but it could end badly for people of faith in the pews. History teaches that partisan politics inevitably corrupts religion and divides the church.

As another Dobson, the Rev. Edward Dobson, wrote some years ago in Christianity Today, "the church -- as the church -- cannot allow itself to be co-opted by political action; and pastors and others who speak for the church cannot allow themselves to be distracted from the gospel by partisan engagement. As a former board member for the Moral Majority, I know the potential dangers of this kind of political activity -- the possible jettisoning of the gospel for a political agenda."

Some Christian churches have already tasted the fruits of the Christian-Republican alliance. By executive order, President Bush has opened the floodgates of funding through his "faith-based initiative." Millions of tax dollars now flow to churches for a whole range of programs -- with inadequate First Amendment safeguards to uphold religious liberty.

With government shekels come government shackles. Not only do churches risk losing their autonomy; they risk losing their prophetic voice. A church compromised by partisan politics and dependent on government funds can no longer distance itself from the culture and can no longer call the government to account for its failures.

This threat to religious faith from church-state entanglement is precisely what James Madison warned about during the great battle for disestablishment in Virginia more than 200 years ago. Warning against state support for religion, he argued from history:

"During almost fifteen centuries has the legal establishment of Christianity been on trial. What have been its fruits? More or less in all places, pride and indolence in the Clergy, ignorance and servility in the laity, in both, superstition, bigotry and persecution."

Madison understood then what leaders of the religious right would have Christians forget today: When churches join forces with any political party, they are lured into a Faustian bargain -- trading the authentic power of faith for the fleeting rewards of worldly influence.

Before heeding the voices of false prophets on the far right, Christians would do well to recall the warning of Jesus himself:

"For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world and lose his own soul?"

[b]Charles Haynes is senior scholar at the Freedom Forum's First Amendment Center. He can be reached at chaynes@freedomforum.org.[/b] - http://www.harktheherald.com/...

 
The Christian Right Should Be Careful What It Wishes For ...
11.27.04 (12:17 pm)   [edit]
"My pastor kept asking us to pray for George Bush to win," a Georgia woman told me last week, "and most folks seemed to go along with it. So I just kept quiet and secretly prayed for the other side."

She's not alone. A majority of frequent churchgoers may have voted for President Bush (if surveys are right), but a large minority voted for Sen. John Kerry. Not all Christians -- not even all evangelicals -- are born-again Republicans.

But the word "Christian" (not unlike the word "moral") is increasingly tied in the news media to the word "Republican," thanks to the successful alliance between Karl Rove and leaders of the religious right. (In one pre-election news account, a minister described comforting a parishioner who anxiously asked if he could remain a Christian and vote for Kerry.)

Growing numbers of Christians are alarmed by the hijacking of their faith. In an editorial last week, Robert Parham of the moderate Baptist Center for Ethics vowed to "take on the religious right more forcefully -- critiquing its false religion and anointment of the GOP as God's Only Party."

Meanwhile, emboldened by the perception that evangelicals decided the election, Jerry Falwell, James Dobson and other evangelical leaders close to the White House are already lining up to claim the spoils. They expect to have the power to shape the Republican agenda on everything from constitutional amendments to Supreme Court appointments.

But before conservative Christians get too comfortable with this church-state alliance, they would do well to remember a bit of familiar wisdom: Those who seek power by riding the back of the tiger end up inside.

The unprecedented mobilization of evangelical churches by the Republican Party and religious right leaders may have helped win an election, but it could end badly for people of faith in the pews. History teaches that partisan politics inevitably corrupts religion and divides the church.

As another Dobson, the Rev. Edward Dobson, wrote some years ago in Christianity Today, "the church -- as the church -- cannot allow itself to be co-opted by political action; and pastors and others who speak for the church cannot allow themselves to be distracted from the gospel by partisan engagement. As a former board member for the Moral Majority, I know the potential dangers of this kind of political activity -- the possible jettisoning of the gospel for a political agenda."

Some Christian churches have already tasted the fruits of the Christian-Republican alliance. By executive order, President Bush has opened the floodgates of funding through his "faith-based initiative." Millions of tax dollars now flow to churches for a whole range of programs -- with inadequate First Amendment safeguards to uphold religious liberty.

With government shekels come government shackles. Not only do churches risk losing their autonomy; they risk losing their prophetic voice. A church compromised by partisan politics and dependent on government funds can no longer distance itself from the culture and can no longer call the government to account for its failures.

This threat to religious faith from church-state entanglement is precisely what James Madison warned about during the great battle for disestablishment in Virginia more than 200 years ago. Warning against state support for religion, he argued from history:

"During almost fifteen centuries has the legal establishment of Christianity been on trial. What have been its fruits? More or less in all places, pride and indolence in the Clergy, ignorance and servility in the laity, in both, superstition, bigotry and persecution."

Madison understood then what leaders of the religious right would have Christians forget today: When churches join forces with any political party, they are lured into a Faustian bargain -- trading the authentic power of faith for the fleeting rewards of worldly influence.

Before heeding the voices of false prophets on the far right, Christians would do well to recall the warning of Jesus himself:

"For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world and lose his own soul?"

[b]Charles Haynes is senior scholar at the Freedom Forum's First Amendment Center. He can be reached at chaynes@freedomforum.org.[/b] - http://www.harktheherald.com/...

 
Canadians To Protest George W. Bush's "Coming" (They Don't Like the Asshole Either!)
11.23.04 (5:42 am)   [edit]
George W. Bush is making an official visit to Canada November 30-December 1, in what will mark both his first trip to our capital -- that’s Ottawa, not Toronto, as I assume someone has briefed George -- and one of his first international visits since the November 2 election. People across the country are looking forward to giving the American President the welcome that he deserves. Hopefully we can make it a welcome worthy of the memory of the tens of thousands of Iraqis and one thousand plus American soldiers whose lives have been taken by Bush's immoral war for oil.

Earlier this month, reports speculated that Bush’s visit would take place in early January, shortly before his inauguration. The reason for the scant notice of the official visit – barely two weeks – is pretty clear. John Ibbitson, writing in the November 17 Globe and Mail (“Can PM silence Parrish”), notes the cynical reason for the timing while taking a cynical shot of his own at anti-war activists:

One reason for the rushed announcement might be to limit the ability of social and peace activists to mobilize. With only a fortnight to prepare, and with the temperatures getting nippy, the various coalitions in solidarity with each other will have a difficult time putting together anything truly impressive.

Despite Ibbitson’s sneering implication, the various grassroots anti-war coalitions are clearly representative of public opinion in Canada, both towards Bush and towards the war in Iraq. Activists across the country have already set about making plans for an impressive mobilization. (I don’t know about truly impressive, though, since Ibbitson fails to define what he hopes we fail to do.) The Ottawa No to Bush Committee put out a call within hours, casting a wide net indeed, rallying under the slogan, “Freedom, Justice, Equality: No to Bush!” The Canadian Peace Alliance has put out a call for actions in cities across the country, and in Toronto at least, buses are already being organized to get people up to Ottawa.

Perhaps the desire to minimize protest was the reasoning behind not only the short notice, but also behind the choice to make Canada an early post-election foreign visit for Bush. One could imagine that a visit to a European or Latin American capital might be likely to generate a more vociferous protest. For instance, this week’s APEC summit in Chile, which Bush is attending, is being greeted with mass protest and the accompanying state repression. Despite the tendency of the North American Right to rail against Canada as a socialistic holdout (and a tendency of a good chunk of the Left to glorify our relative egalitarianism and tolerance), we lag sadly behind much of Europe and our brothers and sisters in the South in terms of an oppositional political culture.

We also have a tendency to hold U.S. administrations to closer scrutiny than our own regimes in Ottawa. While Jean Chretien’s announcement that Canada would not send troops to Iraq was widely applauded, ongoing Canadian involvement in the occupations of Haiti and Afghanistan has been overwhelmingly ignored and unreported. Hopefully, then, the demonstrations that accompany Bush’s visit will also be aimed at the war-making policies explicitly or tacitly supported by Paul Martin and the Liberal government. And the issue of Canada’s participation in the misnamed National Missile Defence program -- rather than being denounced in isolation as leading to dangerous “Star Wars” weaponization of space -- should be linked to the overall strategy and efforts of the U.S. empire-builders to wield first-strike nuclear capability as part of their drive to maintain unrivalled military (and thereby economic) dominance.

And so the anti-war movement in Canada faces an important challenge and responsibility. The world will be watching for us to make a strong, principled, and visible stand against Bush and against the daily outrages that are being perpetrated in Iraq. The latest crime, of course, is seen in the appalling footage of a U.S. soldier killing a wounded and helpless Iraqi, caught by the cameras of NBC and now broadcast throughout the world. Like with Abu Ghraib, we can imagine that the camera has only shown us the tip of the iceberg.

The war in Iraq was rejected by world public opinion, and this was reflected with millions in the streets before the war. The occupation, with all the now absolutely routine atrocities, torture and death it has engendered, deserves to be rejected with equal force throughout the world. And what better opportunity to get back in the streets than George Bush’s first official visit to Ottawa. Welcome George. The U.S. election may be over, but the war in Iraq isn’t. And Canada’s demonstrations will only be the tip of the iceberg.

Derrick O’Keefe is a founding editor of the weekly on-line journal www.SevenOaksMag.com and a member of Vancouver’s StopWar coalition.

For a full listing of demonstrations in Canada, visit the Canadian Peace Alliance site at www.acp-cpa.ca.

 
Canadians To Protest George W. Bush's "Coming" (They Don't Like the Asshole Either!)
11.23.04 (5:42 am)   [edit]
George W. Bush is making an official visit to Canada November 30-December 1, in what will mark both his first trip to our capital -- that’s Ottawa, not Toronto, as I assume someone has briefed George -- and one of his first international visits since the November 2 election. People across the country are looking forward to giving the American President the welcome that he deserves. Hopefully we can make it a welcome worthy of the memory of the tens of thousands of Iraqis and one thousand plus American soldiers whose lives have been taken by Bush's immoral war for oil.

Earlier this month, reports speculated that Bush’s visit would take place in early January, shortly before his inauguration. The reason for the scant notice of the official visit – barely two weeks – is pretty clear. John Ibbitson, writing in the November 17 Globe and Mail (“Can PM silence Parrish”), notes the cynical reason for the timing while taking a cynical shot of his own at anti-war activists:

One reason for the rushed announcement might be to limit the ability of social and peace activists to mobilize. With only a fortnight to prepare, and with the temperatures getting nippy, the various coalitions in solidarity with each other will have a difficult time putting together anything truly impressive.

Despite Ibbitson’s sneering implication, the various grassroots anti-war coalitions are clearly representative of public opinion in Canada, both towards Bush and towards the war in Iraq. Activists across the country have already set about making plans for an impressive mobilization. (I don’t know about truly impressive, though, since Ibbitson fails to define what he hopes we fail to do.) The Ottawa No to Bush Committee put out a call within hours, casting a wide net indeed, rallying under the slogan, “Freedom, Justice, Equality: No to Bush!” The Canadian Peace Alliance has put out a call for actions in cities across the country, and in Toronto at least, buses are already being organized to get people up to Ottawa.

Perhaps the desire to minimize protest was the reasoning behind not only the short notice, but also behind the choice to make Canada an early post-election foreign visit for Bush. One could imagine that a visit to a European or Latin American capital might be likely to generate a more vociferous protest. For instance, this week’s APEC summit in Chile, which Bush is attending, is being greeted with mass protest and the accompanying state repression. Despite the tendency of the North American Right to rail against Canada as a socialistic holdout (and a tendency of a good chunk of the Left to glorify our relative egalitarianism and tolerance), we lag sadly behind much of Europe and our brothers and sisters in the South in terms of an oppositional political culture.

We also have a tendency to hold U.S. administrations to closer scrutiny than our own regimes in Ottawa. While Jean Chretien’s announcement that Canada would not send troops to Iraq was widely applauded, ongoing Canadian involvement in the occupations of Haiti and Afghanistan has been overwhelmingly ignored and unreported. Hopefully, then, the demonstrations that accompany Bush’s visit will also be aimed at the war-making policies explicitly or tacitly supported by Paul Martin and the Liberal government. And the issue of Canada’s participation in the misnamed National Missile Defence program -- rather than being denounced in isolation as leading to dangerous “Star Wars” weaponization of space -- should be linked to the overall strategy and efforts of the U.S. empire-builders to wield first-strike nuclear capability as part of their drive to maintain unrivalled military (and thereby economic) dominance.

And so the anti-war movement in Canada faces an important challenge and responsibility. The world will be watching for us to make a strong, principled, and visible stand against Bush and against the daily outrages that are being perpetrated in Iraq. The latest crime, of course, is seen in the appalling footage of a U.S. soldier killing a wounded and helpless Iraqi, caught by the cameras of NBC and now broadcast throughout the world. Like with Abu Ghraib, we can imagine that the camera has only shown us the tip of the iceberg.

The war in Iraq was rejected by world public opinion, and this was reflected with millions in the streets before the war. The occupation, with all the now absolutely routine atrocities, torture and death it has engendered, deserves to be rejected with equal force throughout the world. And what better opportunity to get back in the streets than George Bush’s first official visit to Ottawa. Welcome George. The U.S. election may be over, but the war in Iraq isn’t. And Canada’s demonstrations will only be the tip of the iceberg.

Derrick O’Keefe is a founding editor of the weekly on-line journal www.SevenOaksMag.com and a member of Vancouver’s StopWar coalition.

For a full listing of demonstrations in Canada, visit the Canadian Peace Alliance site at www.acp-cpa.ca.

 
Today's Quote: CondoSleezy Rice Calls Her Slut-Master Bush "HUSBAND"!!!
11.23.04 (5:38 am)   [edit]
"At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York , "At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York http://nymetro.com/nymetro/ne... , April 26, 2004
 
Today's Quote: CondoSleezy Rice Calls Her Slut-Master Bush "HUSBAND"!!!
11.23.04 (5:36 am)   [edit]
"At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York , "At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York http://nymetro.com/nymetro/ne... , April 26, 2004
 
Today's Quote: CondoSleezy Rice Calls Her Slut-Master Bush "HUSBAND"!!!
11.23.04 (5:32 am)   [edit]
"At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York , "At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York http://nymetro.com/nymetro/ne... , April 26, 2004
 
Today's Quote: CondoSleezy Rice Calls Her Slut-Master Bush "HUSBAND"!!!
11.23.04 (5:32 am)   [edit]
"At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York , "At a recent dinner party hosted by New York Times D.C. bureau chief Philip Taubman and his wife, Times reporter Felicity Barringer, and attended by Arthur Sulzberger Jr., Maureen Dowd, Steven Weisman, and Elisabeth Bumiller, Rice was reportedly overheard saying, 'As I was telling my hus--' and then stopping herself abruptly, before saying, 'As I was telling President Bush.' Jaws dropped, but a guest says the slip by the unmarried politician, who spends weekends with the president and his wife, seemed more psychologically telling than incriminating. Nobody thinks Bush and Rice are actually an item. A National Security Council spokesman laughed and said, 'No comment.'" --New York http://nymetro.com/nymetro/ne... , April 26, 2004
 
Bush/Cheney: The Fascist Pigs' US Policy Harms Prospects for Middle East Peace
11.23.04 (5:27 am)   [edit]
President George W. Bush and Prime Minister Ariel Sharon have finally gotten their wish: Yasir Arafat, their long-time nemesis, has passed from the scene. In their minds, Arafat’s death brings exciting new possibilities for U.S. and Israeli policy gains in the Middle East peace process. They believe that the new Palestinian leaders—the more moderate Mahmoud Abbas and Ahmed Qurei—will be more compliant and malleable than Arafat.

The president and prime minister are certainly right about that. But the problem is that Abbas and Qurei have no support among the increasingly angry young men of Palestine and have little control over their more violent actions. Conflict is likely between the militants in Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Al Aksa Martyrs Brigade and the more moderate faction of the two new Palestinian leaders because they are rivals for influence in the Palestinian movement and have differing views about policy toward Israel. Recently, in a demonstration of the perilous position of Abbas and Qurei, Palestinian radicals fired gunshots in the vicinity of Abbas.

In other words, Bush and Sharon will have difficulty negotiating with a chaotic Palestinian movement in a post-Arafat struggle for succession. In that struggle, no one-and certainly not those two mundane bureaucrats—has the stature of Arafat. Furthermore, to gain the title of undisputed leader of the Palestinian people, any contestants will have to pander to the Palestinian street by showing how tough they’ll be toward Israel.

For the short-term, these realities actually make the prospects for genuine Middle East peace even more dismal than when Arafat was alive. Any U.S.-brokered Israeli settlement reached with Abbas and Qurei would lack widespread legitimacy among Palestinians and would thus be only a paper agreement. And if turmoil or civil war among Palestinians ensues, Bush and Sharon may have nostalgia for the days when Arafat ruled.

Since at this time, neither Israeli nor Palestinian behavior indicates a desire for peace, the United States should quit banging its head against the wall in an attempt to force the reluctant parties together. Unfortunately, the two sides will probably have to exhaust themselves in conflict before they are willing to negotiate a compromise peace in good faith. Thus, President Bush should readopt the lower profile toward the dispute that he took at the beginning of his first term. When the parties are genuinely ready to make peace the United States could mediate the outcome. But unlike the Camp David Peace Accords, signed in 1978, the United States should not pay both sides to do something that is clearly in both of their best interests.

The almost $3 billion a year in aid that the United States already gives Israel (about 3 percent of the Israeli GDP) actually undermines the peace process by underwriting Israeli military power, which Sharon uses aggressively to thwart settlement of the conflict. Arguments that Israel’s existence will be endangered if U.S. military aid is eliminated are specious. Israel has 200 nuclear weapons that ultimately guarantee its security vis-a-vis neighboring Arab countries, none of which are nuclear powers. Furthermore, Israel is at peace with Egypt—its largest and most dangerous neighbor. The hostile Saddam Hussein regime has been removed in Iraq. Syria, Israel’s sole remaining hostile neighbor, has an economy less than one-fifth the size of Israel’s and has not been able to significantly modernize its military after the demise of its Soviet benefactor.

Historically, Israeli security has not necessarily been correlated with the amount of U.S. military aid it receives. From 1949 until 1970, a period that included Israel’s smashing simultaneous 1967 victory over multiple Arab militaries, U.S. military aid was either nonexistent or small. Only in 1971 and thereafter did U.S. military aid increase 20 fold and beyond. After the quantum increase in U.S. military assistance, however, Israeli military performance actually deteriorated in the 1973 and 1982 Middle East wars. So foreign military aid creates dependence in the recipient country and may make its military more slothful and inefficient.

The same is true of economic aid. In 2004, the United States pumped an estimated half billion dollars into the already wealthy Israeli economy. This money provides a cushion, allowing that state-centric economy to avoid privatization and marketization that could dramatically increase economic growth. If Israel solved the Palestinian conflict and made economic reforms-which would be encouraged by ending U.S. military and economic aid, respectively-quantum increases in foreign investment and Israeli and Palestinian prosperity would likely result.

The United States should not force the two recalcitrant parties to the negotiating table but could encourage peace between them by changing its own policies toward Middle East. - http://www.antiwar.com/eland/...


 
Bush/Cheney: The Fascist Pigs' US Policy Harms Prospects for Middle East Peace
11.23.04 (5:25 am)   [edit]
President George W. Bush and Prime Minister Ariel Sharon have finally gotten their wish: Yasir Arafat, their long-time nemesis, has passed from the scene. In their minds, Arafat’s death brings exciting new possibilities for U.S. and Israeli policy gains in the Middle East peace process. They believe that the new Palestinian leaders—the more moderate Mahmoud Abbas and Ahmed Qurei—will be more compliant and malleable than Arafat.

The president and prime minister are certainly right about that. But the problem is that Abbas and Qurei have no support among the increasingly angry young men of Palestine and have little control over their more violent actions. Conflict is likely between the militants in Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Al Aksa Martyrs Brigade and the more moderate faction of the two new Palestinian leaders because they are rivals for influence in the Palestinian movement and have differing views about policy toward Israel. Recently, in a demonstration of the perilous position of Abbas and Qurei, Palestinian radicals fired gunshots in the vicinity of Abbas.

In other words, Bush and Sharon will have difficulty negotiating with a chaotic Palestinian movement in a post-Arafat struggle for succession. In that struggle, no one-and certainly not those two mundane bureaucrats—has the stature of Arafat. Furthermore, to gain the title of undisputed leader of the Palestinian people, any contestants will have to pander to the Palestinian street by showing how tough they’ll be toward Israel.

For the short-term, these realities actually make the prospects for genuine Middle East peace even more dismal than when Arafat was alive. Any U.S.-brokered Israeli settlement reached with Abbas and Qurei would lack widespread legitimacy among Palestinians and would thus be only a paper agreement. And if turmoil or civil war among Palestinians ensues, Bush and Sharon may have nostalgia for the days when Arafat ruled.

Since at this time, neither Israeli nor Palestinian behavior indicates a desire for peace, the United States should quit banging its head against the wall in an attempt to force the reluctant parties together. Unfortunately, the two sides will probably have to exhaust themselves in conflict before they are willing to negotiate a compromise peace in good faith. Thus, President Bush should readopt the lower profile toward the dispute that he took at the beginning of his first term. When the parties are genuinely ready to make peace the United States could mediate the outcome. But unlike the Camp David Peace Accords, signed in 1978, the United States should not pay both sides to do something that is clearly in both of their best interests.

The almost $3 billion a year in aid that the United States already gives Israel (about 3 percent of the Israeli GDP) actually undermines the peace process by underwriting Israeli military power, which Sharon uses aggressively to thwart settlement of the conflict. Arguments that Israel’s existence will be endangered if U.S. military aid is eliminated are specious. Israel has 200 nuclear weapons that ultimately guarantee its security vis-a-vis neighboring Arab countries, none of which are nuclear powers. Furthermore, Israel is at peace with Egypt—its largest and most dangerous neighbor. The hostile Saddam Hussein regime has been removed in Iraq. Syria, Israel’s sole remaining hostile neighbor, has an economy less than one-fifth the size of Israel’s and has not been able to significantly modernize its military after the demise of its Soviet benefactor.

Historically, Israeli security has not necessarily been correlated with the amount of U.S. military aid it receives. From 1949 until 1970, a period that included Israel’s smashing simultaneous 1967 victory over multiple Arab militaries, U.S. military aid was either nonexistent or small. Only in 1971 and thereafter did U.S. military aid increase 20 fold and beyond. After the quantum increase in U.S. military assistance, however, Israeli military performance actually deteriorated in the 1973 and 1982 Middle East wars. So foreign military aid creates dependence in the recipient country and may make its military more slothful and inefficient.

The same is true of economic aid. In 2004, the United States pumped an estimated half billion dollars into the already wealthy Israeli economy. This money provides a cushion, allowing that state-centric economy to avoid privatization and marketization that could dramatically increase economic growth. If Israel solved the Palestinian conflict and made economic reforms-which would be encouraged by ending U.S. military and economic aid, respectively-quantum increases in foreign investment and Israeli and Palestinian prosperity would likely result.

The United States should not force the two recalcitrant parties to the negotiating table but could encourage peace between them by changing its own policies toward Middle East. - http://www.antiwar.com/eland/...


 
Bush/Cheney: The Fascist Pigs' US Policy Harms Prospects for Middle East Peace
11.23.04 (5:17 am)   [edit]
President George W. Bush and Prime Minister Ariel Sharon have finally gotten their wish: Yasir Arafat, their long-time nemesis, has passed from the scene. In their minds, Arafat’s death brings exciting new possibilities for U.S. and Israeli policy gains in the Middle East peace process. They believe that the new Palestinian leaders—the more moderate Mahmoud Abbas and Ahmed Qurei—will be more compliant and malleable than Arafat.

The president and prime minister are certainly right about that. But the problem is that Abbas and Qurei have no support among the increasingly angry young men of Palestine and have little control over their more violent actions. Conflict is likely between the militants in Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Al Aksa Martyrs Brigade and the more moderate faction of the two new Palestinian leaders because they are rivals for influence in the Palestinian movement and have differing views about policy toward Israel. Recently, in a demonstration of the perilous position of Abbas and Qurei, Palestinian radicals fired gunshots in the vicinity of Abbas.

In other words, Bush and Sharon will have difficulty negotiating with a chaotic Palestinian movement in a post-Arafat struggle for succession. In that struggle, no one-and certainly not those two mundane bureaucrats—has the stature of Arafat. Furthermore, to gain the title of undisputed leader of the Palestinian people, any contestants will have to pander to the Palestinian street by showing how tough they’ll be toward Israel.

For the short-term, these realities actually make the prospects for genuine Middle East peace even more dismal than when Arafat was alive. Any U.S.-brokered Israeli settlement reached with Abbas and Qurei would lack widespread legitimacy among Palestinians and would thus be only a paper agreement. And if turmoil or civil war among Palestinians ensues, Bush and Sharon may have nostalgia for the days when Arafat ruled.

Since at this time, neither Israeli nor Palestinian behavior indicates a desire for peace, the United States should quit banging its head against the wall in an attempt to force the reluctant parties together. Unfortunately, the two sides will probably have to exhaust themselves in conflict before they are willing to negotiate a compromise peace in good faith. Thus, President Bush should readopt the lower profile toward the dispute that he took at the beginning of his first term. When the parties are genuinely ready to make peace the United States could mediate the outcome. But unlike the Camp David Peace Accords, signed in 1978, the United States should not pay both sides to do something that is clearly in both of their best interests.

The almost $3 billion a year in aid that the United States already gives Israel (about 3 percent of the Israeli GDP) actually undermines the peace process by underwriting Israeli military power, which Sharon uses aggressively to thwart settlement of the conflict. Arguments that Israel’s existence will be endangered if U.S. military aid is eliminated are specious. Israel has 200 nuclear weapons that ultimately guarantee its security vis-a-vis neighboring Arab countries, none of which are nuclear powers. Furthermore, Israel is at peace with Egypt—its largest and most dangerous neighbor. The hostile Saddam Hussein regime has been removed in Iraq. Syria, Israel’s sole remaining hostile neighbor, has an economy less than one-fifth the size of Israel’s and has not been able to significantly modernize its military after the demise of its Soviet benefactor.

Historically, Israeli security has not necessarily been correlated with the amount of U.S. military aid it receives. From 1949 until 1970, a period that included Israel’s smashing simultaneous 1967 victory over multiple Arab militaries, U.S. military aid was either nonexistent or small. Only in 1971 and thereafter did U.S. military aid increase 20 fold and beyond. After the quantum increase in U.S. military assistance, however, Israeli military performance actually deteriorated in the 1973 and 1982 Middle East wars. So foreign military aid creates dependence in the recipient country and may make its military more slothful and inefficient.

The same is true of economic aid. In 2004, the United States pumped an estimated half billion dollars into the already wealthy Israeli economy. This money provides a cushion, allowing that state-centric economy to avoid privatization and marketization that could dramatically increase economic growth. If Israel solved the Palestinian conflict and made economic reforms-which would be encouraged by ending U.S. military and economic aid, respectively-quantum increases in foreign investment and Israeli and Palestinian prosperity would likely result.

The United States should not force the two recalcitrant parties to the negotiating table but could encourage peace between them by changing its own policies toward Middle East. - http://www.antiwar.com/eland/...


 
Bush/Cheney: The Fascist Pigs' US Policy Harms Prospects for Middle East Peace
11.23.04 (5:16 am)   [edit]
President George W. Bush and Prime Minister Ariel Sharon have finally gotten their wish: Yasir Arafat, their long-time nemesis, has passed from the scene. In their minds, Arafat’s death brings exciting new possibilities for U.S. and Israeli policy gains in the Middle East peace process. They believe that the new Palestinian leaders—the more moderate Mahmoud Abbas and Ahmed Qurei—will be more compliant and malleable than Arafat.

The president and prime minister are certainly right about that. But the problem is that Abbas and Qurei have no support among the increasingly angry young men of Palestine and have little control over their more violent actions. Conflict is likely between the militants in Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Al Aksa Martyrs Brigade and the more moderate faction of the two new Palestinian leaders because they are rivals for influence in the Palestinian movement and have differing views about policy toward Israel. Recently, in a demonstration of the perilous position of Abbas and Qurei, Palestinian radicals fired gunshots in the vicinity of Abbas.

In other words, Bush and Sharon will have difficulty negotiating with a chaotic Palestinian movement in a post-Arafat struggle for succession. In that struggle, no one-and certainly not those two mundane bureaucrats—has the stature of Arafat. Furthermore, to gain the title of undisputed leader of the Palestinian people, any contestants will have to pander to the Palestinian street by showing how tough they’ll be toward Israel.

For the short-term, these realities actually make the prospects for genuine Middle East peace even more dismal than when Arafat was alive. Any U.S.-brokered Israeli settlement reached with Abbas and Qurei would lack widespread legitimacy among Palestinians and would thus be only a paper agreement. And if turmoil or civil war among Palestinians ensues, Bush and Sharon may have nostalgia for the days when Arafat ruled.

Since at this time, neither Israeli nor Palestinian behavior indicates a desire for peace, the United States should quit banging its head against the wall in an attempt to force the reluctant parties together. Unfortunately, the two sides will probably have to exhaust themselves in conflict before they are willing to negotiate a compromise peace in good faith. Thus, President Bush should readopt the lower profile toward the dispute that he took at the beginning of his first term. When the parties are genuinely ready to make peace the United States could mediate the outcome. But unlike the Camp David Peace Accords, signed in 1978, the United States should not pay both sides to do something that is clearly in both of their best interests.

The almost $3 billion a year in aid that the United States already gives Israel (about 3 percent of the Israeli GDP) actually undermines the peace process by underwriting Israeli military power, which Sharon uses aggressively to thwart settlement of the conflict. Arguments that Israel’s existence will be endangered if U.S. military aid is eliminated are specious. Israel has 200 nuclear weapons that ultimately guarantee its security vis-a-vis neighboring Arab countries, none of which are nuclear powers. Furthermore, Israel is at peace with Egypt—its largest and most dangerous neighbor. The hostile Saddam Hussein regime has been removed in Iraq. Syria, Israel’s sole remaining hostile neighbor, has an economy less than one-fifth the size of Israel’s and has not been able to significantly modernize its military after the demise of its Soviet benefactor.

Historically, Israeli security has not necessarily been correlated with the amount of U.S. military aid it receives. From 1949 until 1970, a period that included Israel’s smashing simultaneous 1967 victory over multiple Arab militaries, U.S. military aid was either nonexistent or small. Only in 1971 and thereafter did U.S. military aid increase 20 fold and beyond. After the quantum increase in U.S. military assistance, however, Israeli military performance actually deteriorated in the 1973 and 1982 Middle East wars. So foreign military aid creates dependence in the recipient country and may make its military more slothful and inefficient.

The same is true of economic aid. In 2004, the United States pumped an estimated half billion dollars into the already wealthy Israeli economy. This money provides a cushion, allowing that state-centric economy to avoid privatization and marketization that could dramatically increase economic growth. If Israel solved the Palestinian conflict and made economic reforms-which would be encouraged by ending U.S. military and economic aid, respectively-quantum increases in foreign investment and Israeli and Palestinian prosperity would likely result.

The United States should not force the two recalcitrant parties to the negotiating table but could encourage peace between them by changing its own policies toward Middle East. - http://www.antiwar.com/eland/...


 
Insane Neo-Con Arm-Chair Chicken-Hawks Push Regime Change in North Korea!
11.23.04 (5:12 am)   [edit]
The coalition of foreign-policy hawks that promoted the 2003 invasion of Iraq is pressing President George W. Bush to adopt a more coercive policy toward North Korea, despite strong opposition from China and South Korea.

By most accounts, North Korea ranked high in bilateral talks between Bush and Northeast Asian leaders, including Chinese President Hu Jintao, at the summit of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum in Santiago, Chile, this past weekend, although the final communiqué did not address the issue.

Bush reportedly tried to make clear that his patience toward Pyongyang and its alleged efforts to stall the ongoing "Six-Party Talks" was fast running out and that Washington will soon push for stronger measures against North Korea in the absence of progress toward an agreement under which Pyongyang will dismantle its alleged nuclear-arms program.

Bush claimed Sunday that his interlocutors, who included the leaders of the four other parties – Russia, China, Japan, and South Korea – agreed with him, but Hu and South Korean President Roh Moo-Hyun have not backed down publicly from their strong opposition to a harder line toward Pyongyang.

Indeed, just before the weekend summit, Roh told an audience in Los Angeles that a hardline policy over North Korea's nuclear weapons would have "grave repercussions," adding, "There is no alternative left in dealing with this issue except dialogue."

The South Korean leader also denounced the idea of an economic embargo against Pyongyang.

That the hawks back in Washington are indeed mobilizing became clear Monday when William Kristol, an influential neoconservative who also chairs the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), faxed a statement entitled "Toward Regime Change in North Korea" to reporters and various "opinion leaders" in the capital.

PNAC, which boasts Vice President Dick Cheney, Pentagon chief Donald Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, and Cheney's powerful chief of staff, I. Lewis Libby – among a dozen other senior Bush national-security officials – as signers of its 1997 charter, issues statements relatively infrequently.

"It's clear that they see the transition [between the Bush administration's two terms] and before any new round of the Six-Party Talks as the time to try to set policy direction," one veteran analyst told IPS on Monday.

Kristol's statement referred in particular to two recent articles, including one published last week by Nicholas Eberstadt, a Korea specialist at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), which appeared in the neoconservative The Weekly Standard, which is edited by Kristol.

The article, "Tear Down This Tyranny," called for the implementation of a six-point strategy aimed at ousting North Korean Chairman Kim Jong-Il, in part by "working around the pro-appeasement crowd in the South Korean government," which apparently includes Roh himself.

The second article, published Sunday in the New York Times, detailed a number of recent indications cited by right-wing officials and the press in Japan – including high-level defections and the reported circulation of anti-government pamphlets – that Kim's hold on power may be slipping.

The article noted in particular a recent statement by the ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP), Shinzo Abe, that "regime change" was a distinct possibility and that "we need to start simulations of what we should do at that time."

"Recent reports suggest the presence of emerging cracks in the Stalinist power structure of North Korea, and even the emergence of serious dissident activity there," wrote Kristol. "This should remind us that one of President Bush's top priorities in his second term will have to be dealing with this wretch[ed] regime," he went on, citing Eberstadt's strategy as "useful guidance for an improved North Korean policy."

Eberstadt's article, which criticized Korea policy in Bush's first term for being both "reactive" and "paralysed by infighting," proceeds from the explicit assumption that efforts to persuade North Korea to give up its nuclear program – which U.S. intelligence believes may already include as many as eight nuclear weapons – are almost certainly futile.

"We are exceedingly unlikely to talk – or to bribe – the current North Korean government out of its nuclear quest," according to Eberstadt in an implicit rejection of the basic goal of the Six-Party Talks.

Moreover, he wrote, the nuclear crisis and the North Korean government are essentially one and the same: "Unless and until we have a better class of dictator running North Korea, we will be faced with an ongoing and indeed growing North Korean crisis."

To achieve the desired "regime change," Eberstadt called first for a purge of State Department officials who argued for engaging Pyongyang during Bush's first term.

Washington, according to Eberstadt, should also increase "China's 'ownership' of the North Korean problem" by making clear to Beijing that it "will bear high costs if the current de-nuclearization diplomacy failed."

At the same time, U.S. officials must recognize that South Korea has, under Kim and the "implacably anti-American and reflexively pro-appeasement" core of his government, become a "runaway ally" – "a country bordering a state committed to its destruction, and yet governed increasingly in accordance with graduate-school 'peace studies' desiderata."

"Instead of appeasing South Korea's appeasers (as our policy to date has attempted to do, albeit clumsily)," according to Eberstadt, "America should be speaking over their heads directly to the Korean people, building and nurturing the coalitions in South Korean domestic politics that will ultimately bring a prodigal ally back into the fold," he argued.

Washington should also ready "the non-diplomatic instruments for North Korean threat reduction," Eberstadt wrote, arguing that preparing for the deliberate use of such options – presumably an economic embargo or even military strikes – "will actually increase the probability of a diplomatic success."

Finally, echoing the LDP's Abe, Eberstadt called for planning for a "post-Communist Korean peninsula" with other interested parties, "to maximize the opportunities and minimize the risks in that delicate and potentially dangerous process."

Eberstadt's strategy, according to a number of analysts, largely echoes the views of Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security John Bolton, a former AEI vice president who is openly campaigning to become deputy secretary of state under Condoleezza Rice.

Bolton, perhaps the administration's most extreme hard-liner, has strong support in Cheney's office and other right-wing strongholds, including The Weekly Standard and on the editorial page of the Wall Street Journal.

On Saturday, right-wing Tokyo Governor Shintaro Ishihara, who claims to be on friendly terms with Bolton, told Fuji Television that Bolton wants to impose economic sanctions against North Korea, which, in the U.S. official's view, would lead to Kim's ouster "within one year." - http://www.antiwar.com/lobe/?...


 
Insane Neo-Con Arm-Chair Chicken-Hawks Push Regime Change in North Korea!
11.23.04 (5:10 am)   [edit]
The coalition of foreign-policy hawks that promoted the 2003 invasion of Iraq is pressing President George W. Bush to adopt a more coercive policy toward North Korea, despite strong opposition from China and South Korea.

By most accounts, North Korea ranked high in bilateral talks between Bush and Northeast Asian leaders, including Chinese President Hu Jintao, at the summit of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum in Santiago, Chile, this past weekend, although the final communiqué did not address the issue.

Bush reportedly tried to make clear that his patience toward Pyongyang and its alleged efforts to stall the ongoing "Six-Party Talks" was fast running out and that Washington will soon push for stronger measures against North Korea in the absence of progress toward an agreement under which Pyongyang will dismantle its alleged nuclear-arms program.

Bush claimed Sunday that his interlocutors, who included the leaders of the four other parties – Russia, China, Japan, and South Korea – agreed with him, but Hu and South Korean President Roh Moo-Hyun have not backed down publicly from their strong opposition to a harder line toward Pyongyang.

Indeed, just before the weekend summit, Roh told an audience in Los Angeles that a hardline policy over North Korea's nuclear weapons would have "grave repercussions," adding, "There is no alternative left in dealing with this issue except dialogue."

The South Korean leader also denounced the idea of an economic embargo against Pyongyang.

That the hawks back in Washington are indeed mobilizing became clear Monday when William Kristol, an influential neoconservative who also chairs the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), faxed a statement entitled "Toward Regime Change in North Korea" to reporters and various "opinion leaders" in the capital.

PNAC, which boasts Vice President Dick Cheney, Pentagon chief Donald Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, and Cheney's powerful chief of staff, I. Lewis Libby – among a dozen other senior Bush national-security officials – as signers of its 1997 charter, issues statements relatively infrequently.

"It's clear that they see the transition [between the Bush administration's two terms] and before any new round of the Six-Party Talks as the time to try to set policy direction," one veteran analyst told IPS on Monday.

Kristol's statement referred in particular to two recent articles, including one published last week by Nicholas Eberstadt, a Korea specialist at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), which appeared in the neoconservative The Weekly Standard, which is edited by Kristol.

The article, "Tear Down This Tyranny," called for the implementation of a six-point strategy aimed at ousting North Korean Chairman Kim Jong-Il, in part by "working around the pro-appeasement crowd in the South Korean government," which apparently includes Roh himself.

The second article, published Sunday in the New York Times, detailed a number of recent indications cited by right-wing officials and the press in Japan – including high-level defections and the reported circulation of anti-government pamphlets – that Kim's hold on power may be slipping.

The article noted in particular a recent statement by the ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP), Shinzo Abe, that "regime change" was a distinct possibility and that "we need to start simulations of what we should do at that time."

"Recent reports suggest the presence of emerging cracks in the Stalinist power structure of North Korea, and even the emergence of serious dissident activity there," wrote Kristol. "This should remind us that one of President Bush's top priorities in his second term will have to be dealing with this wretch[ed] regime," he went on, citing Eberstadt's strategy as "useful guidance for an improved North Korean policy."

Eberstadt's article, which criticized Korea policy in Bush's first term for being both "reactive" and "paralysed by infighting," proceeds from the explicit assumption that efforts to persuade North Korea to give up its nuclear program – which U.S. intelligence believes may already include as many as eight nuclear weapons – are almost certainly futile.

"We are exceedingly unlikely to talk – or to bribe – the current North Korean government out of its nuclear quest," according to Eberstadt in an implicit rejection of the basic goal of the Six-Party Talks.

Moreover, he wrote, the nuclear crisis and the North Korean government are essentially one and the same: "Unless and until we have a better class of dictator running North Korea, we will be faced with an ongoing and indeed growing North Korean crisis."

To achieve the desired "regime change," Eberstadt called first for a purge of State Department officials who argued for engaging Pyongyang during Bush's first term.

Washington, according to Eberstadt, should also increase "China's 'ownership' of the North Korean problem" by making clear to Beijing that it "will bear high costs if the current de-nuclearization diplomacy failed."

At the same time, U.S. officials must recognize that South Korea has, under Kim and the "implacably anti-American and reflexively pro-appeasement" core of his government, become a "runaway ally" – "a country bordering a state committed to its destruction, and yet governed increasingly in accordance with graduate-school 'peace studies' desiderata."

"Instead of appeasing South Korea's appeasers (as our policy to date has attempted to do, albeit clumsily)," according to Eberstadt, "America should be speaking over their heads directly to the Korean people, building and nurturing the coalitions in South Korean domestic politics that will ultimately bring a prodigal ally back into the fold," he argued.

Washington should also ready "the non-diplomatic instruments for North Korean threat reduction," Eberstadt wrote, arguing that preparing for the deliberate use of such options – presumably an economic embargo or even military strikes – "will actually increase the probability of a diplomatic success."

Finally, echoing the LDP's Abe, Eberstadt called for planning for a "post-Communist Korean peninsula" with other interested parties, "to maximize the opportunities and minimize the risks in that delicate and potentially dangerous process."

Eberstadt's strategy, according to a number of analysts, largely echoes the views of Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security John Bolton, a former AEI vice president who is openly campaigning to become deputy secretary of state under Condoleezza Rice.

Bolton, perhaps the administration's most extreme hard-liner, has strong support in Cheney's office and other right-wing strongholds, including The Weekly Standard and on the editorial page of the Wall Street Journal.

On Saturday, right-wing Tokyo Governor Shintaro Ishihara, who claims to be on friendly terms with Bolton, told Fuji Television that Bolton wants to impose economic sanctions against North Korea, which, in the U.S. official's view, would lead to Kim's ouster "within one year." - http://www.antiwar.com/lobe/?...


 
Insane Neo-Con Arm-Chair Chicken-Hawks Push Regime Change in North Korea!
11.23.04 (5:07 am)   [edit]
The coalition of foreign-policy hawks that promoted the 2003 invasion of Iraq is pressing President George W. Bush to adopt a more coercive policy toward North Korea, despite strong opposition from China and South Korea.

By most accounts, North Korea ranked high in bilateral talks between Bush and Northeast Asian leaders, including Chinese President Hu Jintao, at the summit of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum in Santiago, Chile, this past weekend, although the final communiqué did not address the issue.

Bush reportedly tried to make clear that his patience toward Pyongyang and its alleged efforts to stall the ongoing "Six-Party Talks" was fast running out and that Washington will soon push for stronger measures against North Korea in the absence of progress toward an agreement under which Pyongyang will dismantle its alleged nuclear-arms program.

Bush claimed Sunday that his interlocutors, who included the leaders of the four other parties – Russia, China, Japan, and South Korea – agreed with him, but Hu and South Korean President Roh Moo-Hyun have not backed down publicly from their strong opposition to a harder line toward Pyongyang.

Indeed, just before the weekend summit, Roh told an audience in Los Angeles that a hardline policy over North Korea's nuclear weapons would have "grave repercussions," adding, "There is no alternative left in dealing with this issue except dialogue."

The South Korean leader also denounced the idea of an economic embargo against Pyongyang.

That the hawks back in Washington are indeed mobilizing became clear Monday when William Kristol, an influential neoconservative who also chairs the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), faxed a statement entitled "Toward Regime Change in North Korea" to reporters and various "opinion leaders" in the capital.

PNAC, which boasts Vice President Dick Cheney, Pentagon chief Donald Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, and Cheney's powerful chief of staff, I. Lewis Libby – among a dozen other senior Bush national-security officials – as signers of its 1997 charter, issues statements relatively infrequently.

"It's clear that they see the transition [between the Bush administration's two terms] and before any new round of the Six-Party Talks as the time to try to set policy direction," one veteran analyst told IPS on Monday.

Kristol's statement referred in particular to two recent articles, including one published last week by Nicholas Eberstadt, a Korea specialist at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), which appeared in the neoconservative The Weekly Standard, which is edited by Kristol.

The article, "Tear Down This Tyranny," called for the implementation of a six-point strategy aimed at ousting North Korean Chairman Kim Jong-Il, in part by "working around the pro-appeasement crowd in the South Korean government," which apparently includes Roh himself.

The second article, published Sunday in the New York Times, detailed a number of recent indications cited by right-wing officials and the press in Japan – including high-level defections and the reported circulation of anti-government pamphlets – that Kim's hold on power may be slipping.

The article noted in particular a recent statement by the ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP), Shinzo Abe, that "regime change" was a distinct possibility and that "we need to start simulations of what we should do at that time."

"Recent reports suggest the presence of emerging cracks in the Stalinist power structure of North Korea, and even the emergence of serious dissident activity there," wrote Kristol. "This should remind us that one of President Bush's top priorities in his second term will have to be dealing with this wretch[ed] regime," he went on, citing Eberstadt's strategy as "useful guidance for an improved North Korean policy."

Eberstadt's article, which criticized Korea policy in Bush's first term for being both "reactive" and "paralysed by infighting," proceeds from the explicit assumption that efforts to persuade North Korea to give up its nuclear program – which U.S. intelligence believes may already include as many as eight nuclear weapons – are almost certainly futile.

"We are exceedingly unlikely to talk – or to bribe – the current North Korean government out of its nuclear quest," according to Eberstadt in an implicit rejection of the basic goal of the Six-Party Talks.

Moreover, he wrote, the nuclear crisis and the North Korean government are essentially one and the same: "Unless and until we have a better class of dictator running North Korea, we will be faced with an ongoing and indeed growing North Korean crisis."

To achieve the desired "regime change," Eberstadt called first for a purge of State Department officials who argued for engaging Pyongyang during Bush's first term.

Washington, according to Eberstadt, should also increase "China's 'ownership' of the North Korean problem" by making clear to Beijing that it "will bear high costs if the current de-nuclearization diplomacy failed."

At the same time, U.S. officials must recognize that South Korea has, under Kim and the "implacably anti-American and reflexively pro-appeasement" core of his government, become a "runaway ally" – "a country bordering a state committed to its destruction, and yet governed increasingly in accordance with graduate-school 'peace studies' desiderata."

"Instead of appeasing South Korea's appeasers (as our policy to date has attempted to do, albeit clumsily)," according to Eberstadt, "America should be speaking over their heads directly to the Korean people, building and nurturing the coalitions in South Korean domestic politics that will ultimately bring a prodigal ally back into the fold," he argued.

Washington should also ready "the non-diplomatic instruments for North Korean threat reduction," Eberstadt wrote, arguing that preparing for the deliberate use of such options – presumably an economic embargo or even military strikes – "will actually increase the probability of a diplomatic success."

Finally, echoing the LDP's Abe, Eberstadt called for planning for a "post-Communist Korean peninsula" with other interested parties, "to maximize the opportunities and minimize the risks in that delicate and potentially dangerous process."

Eberstadt's strategy, according to a number of analysts, largely echoes the views of Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security John Bolton, a former AEI vice president who is openly campaigning to become deputy secretary of state under Condoleezza Rice.

Bolton, perhaps the administration's most extreme hard-liner, has strong support in Cheney's office and other right-wing strongholds, including The Weekly Standard and on the editorial page of the Wall Street Journal.

On Saturday, right-wing Tokyo Governor Shintaro Ishihara, who claims to be on friendly terms with Bolton, told Fuji Television that Bolton wants to impose economic sanctions against North Korea, which, in the U.S. official's view, would lead to Kim's ouster "within one year." - http://www.antiwar.com/lobe/?...


 
Insane Neo-Con Arm-Chair Chicken-Hawks Push Regime Change in North Korea!
11.23.04 (5:07 am)   [edit]
The coalition of foreign-policy hawks that promoted the 2003 invasion of Iraq is pressing President George W. Bush to adopt a more coercive policy toward North Korea, despite strong opposition from China and South Korea.

By most accounts, North Korea ranked high in bilateral talks between Bush and Northeast Asian leaders, including Chinese President Hu Jintao, at the summit of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) forum in Santiago, Chile, this past weekend, although the final communiqué did not address the issue.

Bush reportedly tried to make clear that his patience toward Pyongyang and its alleged efforts to stall the ongoing "Six-Party Talks" was fast running out and that Washington will soon push for stronger measures against North Korea in the absence of progress toward an agreement under which Pyongyang will dismantle its alleged nuclear-arms program.

Bush claimed Sunday that his interlocutors, who included the leaders of the four other parties – Russia, China, Japan, and South Korea – agreed with him, but Hu and South Korean President Roh Moo-Hyun have not backed down publicly from their strong opposition to a harder line toward Pyongyang.

Indeed, just before the weekend summit, Roh told an audience in Los Angeles that a hardline policy over North Korea's nuclear weapons would have "grave repercussions," adding, "There is no alternative left in dealing with this issue except dialogue."

The South Korean leader also denounced the idea of an economic embargo against Pyongyang.

That the hawks back in Washington are indeed mobilizing became clear Monday when William Kristol, an influential neoconservative who also chairs the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), faxed a statement entitled "Toward Regime Change in North Korea" to reporters and various "opinion leaders" in the capital.

PNAC, which boasts Vice President Dick Cheney, Pentagon chief Donald Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, and Cheney's powerful chief of staff, I. Lewis Libby – among a dozen other senior Bush national-security officials – as signers of its 1997 charter, issues statements relatively infrequently.

"It's clear that they see the transition [between the Bush administration's two terms] and before any new round of the Six-Party Talks as the time to try to set policy direction," one veteran analyst told IPS on Monday.

Kristol's statement referred in particular to two recent articles, including one published last week by Nicholas Eberstadt, a Korea specialist at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), which appeared in the neoconservative The Weekly Standard, which is edited by Kristol.

The article, "Tear Down This Tyranny," called for the implementation of a six-point strategy aimed at ousting North Korean Chairman Kim Jong-Il, in part by "working around the pro-appeasement crowd in the South Korean government," which apparently includes Roh himself.

The second article, published Sunday in the New York Times, detailed a number of recent indications cited by right-wing officials and the press in Japan – including high-level defections and the reported circulation of anti-government pamphlets – that Kim's hold on power may be slipping.

The article noted in particular a recent statement by the ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP), Shinzo Abe, that "regime change" was a distinct possibility and that "we need to start simulations of what we should do at that time."

"Recent reports suggest the presence of emerging cracks in the Stalinist power structure of North Korea, and even the emergence of serious dissident activity there," wrote Kristol. "This should remind us that one of President Bush's top priorities in his second term will have to be dealing with this wretch[ed] regime," he went on, citing Eberstadt's strategy as "useful guidance for an improved North Korean policy."

Eberstadt's article, which criticized Korea policy in Bush's first term for being both "reactive" and "paralysed by infighting," proceeds from the explicit assumption that efforts to persuade North Korea to give up its nuclear program – which U.S. intelligence believes may already include as many as eight nuclear weapons – are almost certainly futile.

"We are exceedingly unlikely to talk – or to bribe – the current North Korean government out of its nuclear quest," according to Eberstadt in an implicit rejection of the basic goal of the Six-Party Talks.

Moreover, he wrote, the nuclear crisis and the North Korean government are essentially one and the same: "Unless and until we have a better class of dictator running North Korea, we will be faced with an ongoing and indeed growing North Korean crisis."

To achieve the desired "regime change," Eberstadt called first for a purge of State Department officials who argued for engaging Pyongyang during Bush's first term.

Washington, according to Eberstadt, should also increase "China's 'ownership' of the North Korean problem" by making clear to Beijing that it "will bear high costs if the current de-nuclearization diplomacy failed."

At the same time, U.S. officials must recognize that South Korea has, under Kim and the "implacably anti-American and reflexively pro-appeasement" core of his government, become a "runaway ally" – "a country bordering a state committed to its destruction, and yet governed increasingly in accordance with graduate-school 'peace studies' desiderata."

"Instead of appeasing South Korea's appeasers (as our policy to date has attempted to do, albeit clumsily)," according to Eberstadt, "America should be speaking over their heads directly to the Korean people, building and nurturing the coalitions in South Korean domestic politics that will ultimately bring a prodigal ally back into the fold," he argued.

Washington should also ready "the non-diplomatic instruments for North Korean threat reduction," Eberstadt wrote, arguing that preparing for the deliberate use of such options – presumably an economic embargo or even military strikes – "will actually increase the probability of a diplomatic success."

Finally, echoing the LDP's Abe, Eberstadt called for planning for a "post-Communist Korean peninsula" with other interested parties, "to maximize the opportunities and minimize the risks in that delicate and potentially dangerous process."

Eberstadt's strategy, according to a number of analysts, largely echoes the views of Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security John Bolton, a former AEI vice president who is openly campaigning to become deputy secretary of state under Condoleezza Rice.

Bolton, perhaps the administration's most extreme hard-liner, has strong support in Cheney's office and other right-wing strongholds, including The Weekly Standard and on the editorial page of the Wall Street Journal.

On Saturday, right-wing Tokyo Governor Shintaro Ishihara, who claims to be on friendly terms with Bolton, told Fuji Television that Bolton wants to impose economic sanctions against North Korea, which, in the U.S. official's view, would lead to Kim's ouster "within one year." - http://www.antiwar.com/lobe/?...


 
Thanksgiving in Herr Fuhrer Bush's Culture of Death
11.23.04 (5:02 am)   [edit]
The other day, something quite remarkable happened. Ever since the election, news anchors warned of the "coming assault on Fallujah," the "final clampdown," the "major military offensive" that would put an end to the resistance in that city. Dire warnings were made for civilians to flee – civilians already weakened, exhausted and terrorized by a year and a half of U.S.-style "liberation" – to parts unknown, on some kind of magic carpet.

Because I've been taking care of my mother who is very ill, I could only imagine other elderly and sick people in Fallujah "fleeing" the city on walkers, attached to ponderous oxygen machines.

I looked at my own children and imagined how we'd feel if we were told to run away as fast as we could to who knows where, because U.S. bombers were headed our way. Having grown up in a military town, I know the panic that grips even seasoned residents when a bomber appears out of nowhere, flying extremely low and darkening the sky over your head. Before you can figure out what's happening, you feel the earth shake under your feet. You can't see them coming – that's the truly terrorizing part. By the time you see that dark bat-shaped jet, it's too late to run.

As TV and radio talking heads waxed poetic about the high-tech 500-pound bombs that would be dropped to "soften" human beings and "break the back of the insurgency," I felt that growing sense of dread that is by now familiar to anyone who doesn't rely on mainstream U.S. news sources. This dread, this feeling of waiting for the other shoe to drop, tightens the stomachs of those who were raised to take seriously "Thou shalt not kill" … that dusty old law around which the Bush administration has found a thousand loopholes.

I began to suffer insomnia, fear, and guilt because I could not turn off my empathy for all the families who were suffering, or about to be killed, or see their babies' legs blown off, because of my president's addiction to bullying with bombs and guns and expendable young men.

Then a couple of days ago, I learned that indeed the massacre had taken place. Fallujah was "quiet" at last. Some called it a ghost town. Quite a few young Americans died in the process. Reports varied on numbers killed, but all agreed that innocent people were killed while I was sleeping. Maybe as many as 800 civilians, but as many as – and the military said this with cheer, not with regret – 1,000 "insurgents" were killed. Whether the latter were actually insurgents or civilians or kids who happened to be in the way we have no way of knowing, now that the independent journalists have been scared away.

Staring at those numbers of people killed and children maimed while I was sleeping, I sat and waited. Nothing. No feeling. I was free of any sorrow, free of that depressing unease. At last I was joining the crowd. What a relief, to feel nothing! Even as a Christian, I could turn a blind eye to even the worst killing, and have a good day!

I closed my laptop and made breakfast, thankful to finally experience what my conservative Christian neighbors have enjoyed all along – a delightful numbness. No painful compassion, no vicarious suffering, no guilt.

Remarkable!

[b]Blissfully Numb in Bush's Culture of Death[/b]

The "God-fearing Christian" who wrote to tell me that I was stupid for talking about Jesus because that means Christians shouldn't defend themselves under any condition, and that it was better to "take the fighting to the Iraqis than to have it happen here," and that, all things considered, he hoped I'd get beheaded, would be proud of me now. I'd passed over to the other side, the side of comfort and tranquility. The side where might really does make right.

You know, the winning side.

It's been great this week, feeling that I have arrived at long last at the pearly gates of the Culture of Death, yet I see no evil. Even when I heard yesterday a commander saying in an interview, "Well, we didn't get rid of the insurgency in Fallujah, but we definitely killed a lot of them," I felt at ease: The killings didn't bring peace, but at least a lot of people are dead now.

In the Culture of Death where our president assures us that the ends justify the means, I can finally see war as somehow Christian. I can visit www.presidentialprayerteam.org now without wondering why no prayers are solicited for an end to the killings of Iraqis by the U.S., as well as the other way around – and without worrying about the implications of millions of American Christians being told not only whom and what to pray for, but actually being given a script to follow when praying.

While only days ago I was horrified by the use of massive bombs on residential neighborhoods because U.S. intelligence "suspected" that maybe some "bad guys" were "holing up" in a "safe house" nearby (the same code words are used in every bombing of every country), I'm too numb to feel that now. Instead, I simply repeat to myself the hypnotic phrase that Bush and Rumsfeld and Allawi and military psy-ops experts sing in tune: "We don't target civilians."

Since that strange buzzing numbness began, I no longer hear in my head the true emphasis of that statement – "we don't target civilians" – a huge difference in meaning that has bothered me for far too long.

Even now that another war appears to be in the making, I'm not bothered. I know that "we have to take the fighting over there, if we don't want it over here." I know that 800 or 1,000 people doesn't mean a thing to most people, because those are big numbers – most of us have trouble visualizing 800 or 1,000 dollars or shoes or paper clips, let alone 800 or 1,000 dead bodies.

We simply can't keep up with the casualties anymore – the numbers, the fancy airstrikes, the glorious memorials to "our fallen," they just keep coming too fast, and in numbers that are too big for us to comprehend. "That does not compute," as the lovable robot on Lost in Space used to say.

As American citizens, we who feel responsible for what our government is doing in our name try to keep our eyes and hearts open to the truth. But after these last three years of ridding the world of evil by ridding it of people, it hurts too much, and we're hated for being liberally compassionate anyway, so we begin to falter.

We are weary now. In Bush's Culture of Death, the war is not only to "break the back of the insurgency," but to break the hearts of Americans. To make us stop hearing or seeing or caring what our military does to Iraqis and to our own young soldiers. The real battle to win hearts and minds is being waged right here: It is the American conscience that President Bush and his men are most determined to subdue – one way or the other.

[b]Restoring Our Weary Souls This Thanksgiving[/b]

Sooner or later there comes a time when the horrors cannot touch us, when the dangers cannot rouse us, when we give thanks for a few moments of feeling absolutely nothing. My daughter tells me that it'll never last, this unexpected vacation from compassion, and as a psychologist I know she's right. It won't last, and when it returns it will do so with a vengeance. When the numbness wears off, the numbers of the dead will begin to hurt. But perhaps just a few days more….

Maybe this Thanksgiving we deserve some numbness, some relief. If you've read this far, I know you're the caring sort, whatever your politics or your faith, and that you have suffered, too. Let us decide this together: It's okay to take some time to recover from a traumatic election that was followed immediately by a new level of "emboldened" U.S. violence, violence that's making enemies for our children and our grandchildren. These are sins against God and future generations, not to mention the Iraqi people, sins for which we can only beg collective forgiveness.

Before we eat our Thanksgiving meal, we can give thanks that we're here instead of there, that we're not Iraqis fleeing bombs and war-crazed boys with guns. We can thank God for those soldiers who are still alive, and we can pray for their continued safety. For those of us who are Christian, we can say our own prayers, from our own hearts, without a script.

And, in defiance of all the warnings by every politician and pundit in the land that talking or even praying against war is treasonous and "gives comfort to the enemy," this Thanksgiving we can follow instead a higher command:

"You have heard that it was said, 'You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy.' But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, so that you may be sons of your Father who is in heaven; for he makes his sun rise on the evil and on the good, and sends rain on the just and on the unjust. For if you love those who love you, what reward have you? Do not even the tax collectors do the same?" - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/w...

 
Thanksgiving in Herr Fuhrer Bush's Culture of Death
11.23.04 (4:58 am)   [edit]
The other day, something quite remarkable happened. Ever since the election, news anchors warned of the "coming assault on Fallujah," the "final clampdown," the "major military offensive" that would put an end to the resistance in that city. Dire warnings were made for civilians to flee – civilians already weakened, exhausted and terrorized by a year and a half of U.S.-style "liberation" – to parts unknown, on some kind of magic carpet.

Because I've been taking care of my mother who is very ill, I could only imagine other elderly and sick people in Fallujah "fleeing" the city on walkers, attached to ponderous oxygen machines.

I looked at my own children and imagined how we'd feel if we were told to run away as fast as we could to who knows where, because U.S. bombers were headed our way. Having grown up in a military town, I know the panic that grips even seasoned residents when a bomber appears out of nowhere, flying extremely low and darkening the sky over your head. Before you can figure out what's happening, you feel the earth shake under your feet. You can't see them coming – that's the truly terrorizing part. By the time you see that dark bat-shaped jet, it's too late to run.

As TV and radio talking heads waxed poetic about the high-tech 500-pound bombs that would be dropped to "soften" human beings and "break the back of the insurgency," I felt that growing sense of dread that is by now familiar to anyone who doesn't rely on mainstream U.S. news sources. This dread, this feeling of waiting for the other shoe to drop, tightens the stomachs of those who were raised to take seriously "Thou shalt not kill" … that dusty old law around which the Bush administration has found a thousand loopholes.

I began to suffer insomnia, fear, and guilt because I could not turn off my empathy for all the families who were suffering, or about to be killed, or see their babies' legs blown off, because of my president's addiction to bullying with bombs and guns and expendable young men.

Then a couple of days ago, I learned that indeed the massacre had taken place. Fallujah was "quiet" at last. Some called it a ghost town. Quite a few young Americans died in the process. Reports varied on numbers killed, but all agreed that innocent people were killed while I was sleeping. Maybe as many as 800 civilians, but as many as – and the military said this with cheer, not with regret – 1,000 "insurgents" were killed. Whether the latter were actually insurgents or civilians or kids who happened to be in the way we have no way of knowing, now that the independent journalists have been scared away.

Staring at those numbers of people killed and children maimed while I was sleeping, I sat and waited. Nothing. No feeling. I was free of any sorrow, free of that depressing unease. At last I was joining the crowd. What a relief, to feel nothing! Even as a Christian, I could turn a blind eye to even the worst killing, and have a good day!

I closed my laptop and made breakfast, thankful to finally experience what my conservative Christian neighbors have enjoyed all along – a delightful numbness. No painful compassion, no vicarious suffering, no guilt.

Remarkable!

[b]Blissfully Numb in Bush's Culture of Death[/b]

The "God-fearing Christian" who wrote to tell me that I was stupid for talking about Jesus because that means Christians shouldn't defend themselves under any condition, and that it was better to "take the fighting to the Iraqis than to have it happen here," and that, all things considered, he hoped I'd get beheaded, would be proud of me now. I'd passed over to the other side, the side of comfort and tranquility. The side where might really does make right.

You know, the winning side.

It's been great this week, feeling that I have arrived at long last at the pearly gates of the Culture of Death, yet I see no evil. Even when I heard yesterday a commander saying in an interview, "Well, we didn't get rid of the insurgency in Fallujah, but we definitely killed a lot of them," I felt at ease: The killings didn't bring peace, but at least a lot of people are dead now.

In the Culture of Death where our president assures us that the ends justify the means, I can finally see war as somehow Christian. I can visit www.presidentialprayerteam.org now without wondering why no prayers are solicited for an end to the killings of Iraqis by the U.S., as well as the other way around – and without worrying about the implications of millions of American Christians being told not only whom and what to pray for, but actually being given a script to follow when praying.

While only days ago I was horrified by the use of massive bombs on residential neighborhoods because U.S. intelligence "suspected" that maybe some "bad guys" were "holing up" in a "safe house" nearby (the same code words are used in every bombing of every country), I'm too numb to feel that now. Instead, I simply repeat to myself the hypnotic phrase that Bush and Rumsfeld and Allawi and military psy-ops experts sing in tune: "We don't target civilians."

Since that strange buzzing numbness began, I no longer hear in my head the true emphasis of that statement – "we don't target civilians" – a huge difference in meaning that has bothered me for far too long.

Even now that another war appears to be in the making, I'm not bothered. I know that "we have to take the fighting over there, if we don't want it over here." I know that 800 or 1,000 people doesn't mean a thing to most people, because those are big numbers – most of us have trouble visualizing 800 or 1,000 dollars or shoes or paper clips, let alone 800 or 1,000 dead bodies.

We simply can't keep up with the casualties anymore – the numbers, the fancy airstrikes, the glorious memorials to "our fallen," they just keep coming too fast, and in numbers that are too big for us to comprehend. "That does not compute," as the lovable robot on Lost in Space used to say.

As American citizens, we who feel responsible for what our government is doing in our name try to keep our eyes and hearts open to the truth. But after these last three years of ridding the world of evil by ridding it of people, it hurts too much, and we're hated for being liberally compassionate anyway, so we begin to falter.

We are weary now. In Bush's Culture of Death, the war is not only to "break the back of the insurgency," but to break the hearts of Americans. To make us stop hearing or seeing or caring what our military does to Iraqis and to our own young soldiers. The real battle to win hearts and minds is being waged right here: It is the American conscience that President Bush and his men are most determined to subdue – one way or the other.

[b]Restoring Our Weary Souls This Thanksgiving[/b]

Sooner or later there comes a time when the horrors cannot touch us, when the dangers cannot rouse us, when we give thanks for a few moments of feeling absolutely nothing. My daughter tells me that it'll never last, this unexpected vacation from compassion, and as a psychologist I know she's right. It won't last, and when it returns it will do so with a vengeance. When the numbness wears off, the numbers of the dead will begin to hurt. But perhaps just a few days more….

Maybe this Thanksgiving we deserve some numbness, some relief. If you've read this far, I know you're the caring sort, whatever your politics or your faith, and that you have suffered, too. Let us decide this together: It's okay to take some time to recover from a traumatic election that was followed immediately by a new level of "emboldened" U.S. violence, violence that's making enemies for our children and our grandchildren. These are sins against God and future generations, not to mention the Iraqi people, sins for which we can only beg collective forgiveness.

Before we eat our Thanksgiving meal, we can give thanks that we're here instead of there, that we're not Iraqis fleeing bombs and war-crazed boys with guns. We can thank God for those soldiers who are still alive, and we can pray for their continued safety. For those of us who are Christian, we can say our own prayers, from our own hearts, without a script.

And, in defiance of all the warnings by every politician and pundit in the land that talking or even praying against war is treasonous and "gives comfort to the enemy," this Thanksgiving we can follow instead a higher command:

"You have heard that it was said, 'You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy.' But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, so that you may be sons of your Father who is in heaven; for he makes his sun rise on the evil and on the good, and sends rain on the just and on the unjust. For if you love those who love you, what reward have you? Do not even the tax collectors do the same?" - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/w...

 
Thanksgiving in Herr Fuhrer Bush's Culture of Death
11.23.04 (4:57 am)   [edit]
The other day, something quite remarkable happened. Ever since the election, news anchors warned of the "coming assault on Fallujah," the "final clampdown," the "major military offensive" that would put an end to the resistance in that city. Dire warnings were made for civilians to flee – civilians already weakened, exhausted and terrorized by a year and a half of U.S.-style "liberation" – to parts unknown, on some kind of magic carpet.

Because I've been taking care of my mother who is very ill, I could only imagine other elderly and sick people in Fallujah "fleeing" the city on walkers, attached to ponderous oxygen machines.

I looked at my own children and imagined how we'd feel if we were told to run away as fast as we could to who knows where, because U.S. bombers were headed our way. Having grown up in a military town, I know the panic that grips even seasoned residents when a bomber appears out of nowhere, flying extremely low and darkening the sky over your head. Before you can figure out what's happening, you feel the earth shake under your feet. You can't see them coming – that's the truly terrorizing part. By the time you see that dark bat-shaped jet, it's too late to run.

As TV and radio talking heads waxed poetic about the high-tech 500-pound bombs that would be dropped to "soften" human beings and "break the back of the insurgency," I felt that growing sense of dread that is by now familiar to anyone who doesn't rely on mainstream U.S. news sources. This dread, this feeling of waiting for the other shoe to drop, tightens the stomachs of those who were raised to take seriously "Thou shalt not kill" … that dusty old law around which the Bush administration has found a thousand loopholes.

I began to suffer insomnia, fear, and guilt because I could not turn off my empathy for all the families who were suffering, or about to be killed, or see their babies' legs blown off, because of my president's addiction to bullying with bombs and guns and expendable young men.

Then a couple of days ago, I learned that indeed the massacre had taken place. Fallujah was "quiet" at last. Some called it a ghost town. Quite a few young Americans died in the process. Reports varied on numbers killed, but all agreed that innocent people were killed while I was sleeping. Maybe as many as 800 civilians, but as many as – and the military said this with cheer, not with regret – 1,000 "insurgents" were killed. Whether the latter were actually insurgents or civilians or kids who happened to be in the way we have no way of knowing, now that the independent journalists have been scared away.

Staring at those numbers of people killed and children maimed while I was sleeping, I sat and waited. Nothing. No feeling. I was free of any sorrow, free of that depressing unease. At last I was joining the crowd. What a relief, to feel nothing! Even as a Christian, I could turn a blind eye to even the worst killing, and have a good day!

I closed my laptop and made breakfast, thankful to finally experience what my conservative Christian neighbors have enjoyed all along – a delightful numbness. No painful compassion, no vicarious suffering, no guilt.

Remarkable!

[b]Blissfully Numb in Bush's Culture of Death[/b]

The "God-fearing Christian" who wrote to tell me that I was stupid for talking about Jesus because that means Christians shouldn't defend themselves under any condition, and that it was better to "take the fighting to the Iraqis than to have it happen here," and that, all things considered, he hoped I'd get beheaded, would be proud of me now. I'd passed over to the other side, the side of comfort and tranquility. The side where might really does make right.

You know, the winning side.

It's been great this week, feeling that I have arrived at long last at the pearly gates of the Culture of Death, yet I see no evil. Even when I heard yesterday a commander saying in an interview, "Well, we didn't get rid of the insurgency in Fallujah, but we definitely killed a lot of them," I felt at ease: The killings didn't bring peace, but at least a lot of people are dead now.

In the Culture of Death where our president assures us that the ends justify the means, I can finally see war as somehow Christian. I can visit www.presidentialprayerteam.org now without wondering why no prayers are solicited for an end to the killings of Iraqis by the U.S., as well as the other way around – and without worrying about the implications of millions of American Christians being told not only whom and what to pray for, but actually being given a script to follow when praying.

While only days ago I was horrified by the use of massive bombs on residential neighborhoods because U.S. intelligence "suspected" that maybe some "bad guys" were "holing up" in a "safe house" nearby (the same code words are used in every bombing of every country), I'm too numb to feel that now. Instead, I simply repeat to myself the hypnotic phrase that Bush and Rumsfeld and Allawi and military psy-ops experts sing in tune: "We don't target civilians."

Since that strange buzzing numbness began, I no longer hear in my head the true emphasis of that statement – "we don't target civilians" – a huge difference in meaning that has bothered me for far too long.

Even now that another war appears to be in the making, I'm not bothered. I know that "we have to take the fighting over there, if we don't want it over here." I know that 800 or 1,000 people doesn't mean a thing to most people, because those are big numbers – most of us have trouble visualizing 800 or 1,000 dollars or shoes or paper clips, let alone 800 or 1,000 dead bodies.

We simply can't keep up with the casualties anymore – the numbers, the fancy airstrikes, the glorious memorials to "our fallen," they just keep coming too fast, and in numbers that are too big for us to comprehend. "That does not compute," as the lovable robot on Lost in Space used to say.

As American citizens, we who feel responsible for what our government is doing in our name try to keep our eyes and hearts open to the truth. But after these last three years of ridding the world of evil by ridding it of people, it hurts too much, and we're hated for being liberally compassionate anyway, so we begin to falter.

We are weary now. In Bush's Culture of Death, the war is not only to "break the back of the insurgency," but to break the hearts of Americans. To make us stop hearing or seeing or caring what our military does to Iraqis and to our own young soldiers. The real battle to win hearts and minds is being waged right here: It is the American conscience that President Bush and his men are most determined to subdue – one way or the other.

[b]Restoring Our Weary Souls This Thanksgiving[/b]

Sooner or later there comes a time when the horrors cannot touch us, when the dangers cannot rouse us, when we give thanks for a few moments of feeling absolutely nothing. My daughter tells me that it'll never last, this unexpected vacation from compassion, and as a psychologist I know she's right. It won't last, and when it returns it will do so with a vengeance. When the numbness wears off, the numbers of the dead will begin to hurt. But perhaps just a few days more….

Maybe this Thanksgiving we deserve some numbness, some relief. If you've read this far, I know you're the caring sort, whatever your politics or your faith, and that you have suffered, too. Let us decide this together: It's okay to take some time to recover from a traumatic election that was followed immediately by a new level of "emboldened" U.S. violence, violence that's making enemies for our children and our grandchildren. These are sins against God and future generations, not to mention the Iraqi people, sins for which we can only beg collective forgiveness.

Before we eat our Thanksgiving meal, we can give thanks that we're here instead of there, that we're not Iraqis fleeing bombs and war-crazed boys with guns. We can thank God for those soldiers who are still alive, and we can pray for their continued safety. For those of us who are Christian, we can say our own prayers, from our own hearts, without a script.

And, in defiance of all the warnings by every politician and pundit in the land that talking or even praying against war is treasonous and "gives comfort to the enemy," this Thanksgiving we can follow instead a higher command:

"You have heard that it was said, 'You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy.' But I say to you, love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, so that you may be sons of your Father who is in heaven; for he makes his sun rise on the evil and on the good, and sends rain on the just and on the unjust. For if you love those who love you, what reward have you? Do not even the tax collectors do the same?" - http://www.antiwar.com/orig/w...

 
Bush/Cheney's Fascist U.S.A.: GOP Nazis' Provision to Violate Your Privacy, Your Tax Returns!
11.23.04 (4:53 am)   [edit]
[b]THANK GOD THE DEMOCRATS FOUND AND MADE PUBLIC THIS FASCIST PROVISION INSERTED AT THE 'LAST-MINUTE' BEFORE THE VOTE, THAT THE GOP NAZIS NOW "DISAVOW" ...

Spending Bill Held Up by Tax Provision

Measure Lets Panels Examine Returns; Repeal Is Planned[/b]

A $388 billion government-wide spending bill, passed by Congress on Saturday, was stranded on Capitol Hill yesterday, its trip to the White House on hold as embarrassed Republicans prepared to repeal a provision that could give the Appropriations committees the right to examine the tax returns of Americans.

Top GOP lawmakers disavowed the provision, expressed surprise that it was in the bill, and blamed both the Internal Revenue Service and congressional staffs for incorporating it into the omnibus spending package funding domestic departments in 2005.

But Democrats -- and some Republicans -- charged that the incident highlighted the deterioration of a budget-writing system that is prey to such incidents. Unable to agree on how much to spend on basic governmental services, they say, House and Senate GOP leaders increasingly are resorting to a secretive process that leaves the public and most members of Congress ignorant of the content of huge spending bills until hours before a final vote.

At a news conference denouncing this closed-door process, Sen. Kent Conrad (N.D.), ranking Democrat on the Budget Committee, warned that "something really seriously bad is going to happen if we let this continue." He quoted a Republican, Sen. John McCain (Ariz.): "This process is broken."

Republicans hope to finally quell the uproar over the provision tomorrow, when the House is set to approve a resolution repealing it. The Senate took that action on Saturday, after Senate leaders promised that the omnibus spending bill on which the provision was riding would not be sent to the president for his signature until both houses had repealed it.

The provision, added to the spending package of more than 3,000 pages last Thursday, would give staffers of the House and Senate Appropriations committees similar powers to enter IRS facilities and examine tax returns as are now available to the tax-writing committees of the two chambers.

But the provision appeared to some lawmakers to expressly set aside privacy safeguards, which mandate criminal penalties for those divulging individual tax information. Members of both parties charged this could breach the confidentiality of returns.

House officials said the language was intended only to allow staffers to enter IRS facilities where returns were being processed, to oversee how taxpayer money was being used. Such full access is now denied by the IRS, they said, because of the chance a congressional aide might inadvertently see a return.

The provision, House sources said, was drafted by the IRS and inserted into the bill by lower-level House staffers. Senior House and Senate Republicans said they never saw it until the bill appeared on the floor, and yesterday IRS spokesman Terry Lemons said the IRS commissioner "was unaware of the provision until after it was already approved" and "strongly supports it being deleted from the final bill."

On Saturday, Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist (R-Tenn.) referred to the provision as the "Istook amendment," and congressional aides said it had been inserted at the request of Rep. Ernest J. Istook Jr. (R-Okla.), who chairs the Appropriations subcommittee that oversees the IRS.

But yesterday Istook said in a written statement that he had been left in the dark about the provision: "I didn't write it; I didn't approve it; I wasn't even consulted. My name shouldn't be associated with it because I had nothing to do with it."

Micah Leydorf, Istook's spokeswoman, said she understood the language was added by the full Appropriations Committee staff or by Istook's subcommittee staff at the direction of staffers for the full committee.

"We have a problem with how bills like this are put together," Istook acknowledged. "The subcommittee chairman should never be bypassed like I was in this case."

He added that "honest mistakes were made but there's no conspiracy."

But some top Republicans were less charitable. Speaking on the Senate floor Saturday, Sen. Charles E. Grassley (R-Iowa), who chairs the tax-writing Finance Committee, called the provision an "outrage" and said it will "bring us back to the doorsteps of the days of Nixon, Truman and similar dark periods in our tax history when tax return information was used as a club against political enemies."

"It's simply representative of the way Congress is now operating," said Allen Schick, a professor of public policy at the University of Maryland. "It shows on the one hand how easy it is to put something in [an omnibus bill] without anybody else knowing about it." Although this may look particularly egregious, he said, the giant bill also contains hundreds of other provisions that could not be enacted into law if they were offered as single bills requiring full debate and scrutiny in both houses.

Such huge bills, lawmakers acknowledge, represent a breakdown of the normal budget process. For the second time in three years, House and Senate Republicans, bitterly divided over the level of domestic spending, failed to agree on a budget blueprint, as required by law.

The impasse forced delays in drafting many of the spending bills, and when Congress returned last week from its election recess, it had yet to complete nine of the 13 annual appropriations bills. Seven of the spending bills had never been to the Senate floor for debate, one had never been to the House floor, and one funding the nation's nuclear weapons programs and Army Corps of Engineers water projects was still in a Senate subcommittee.

To overcome this problem, GOP leaders crammed all the remaining legislation into a single omnibus package that, under congressional rules, could not be amended.

It contained all the unfinished spending bills, along with three other pieces of major legislation -- the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act, the Snake River Water Rights Act, and the Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act.

Along with those measures, lawmakers and staffs added thousands of local projects benefiting home states and districts. Also included in the final bill was a major provision barring states from enforcing laws that require health care providers, hospitals, HMOs or insurers to pay for, provide or give referrals for abortion.

But when the measure was rushed to the floors of the two chambers Saturday, few members had read it. Lawmakers absent from the Capitol for weeks while campaigning for reelection returned for a brief lame-duck session to complete the work of the 108th Congress.

The secretive process, Schick noted, gives GOP leaders enormous power to add provisions that they or special interests might want, and to delete provisions that GOP factions or the White House find objectionable.

Frist, for example, ordered negotiators to accept the abortion provision, even though it had never gone to the Senate floor and was only in the House-passed version of the bill covering health appropriations. Senate opponents agreed not to block its consideration after Frist promised to schedule a vote soon on a bill drafted by Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-Calif.) to repeal the provision.

GOP leaders also deleted provisions on overtime regulations and the outsourcing of government jobs despite support in both houses.

"It's not transparent, and it's a breakdown of legislative order," Schick said. - http://www.washingtonpost.com...


 
Bush/Cheney's Fascist U.S.A.: GOP Nazis' Provision to Violate Your Privacy, Your Tax Returns!
11.23.04 (4:49 am)   [edit]
[b]THANK GOD THE DEMOCRATS FOUND AND MADE PUBLIC THIS FASCIST PROVISION INSERTED AT THE 'LAST-MINUTE' BEFORE THE VOTE, THAT THE GOP NAZIS NOW "DISAVOW" ...

Spending Bill Held Up by Tax Provision

Measure Lets Panels Examine Returns; Repeal Is Planned[/b]

A $388 billion government-wide spending bill, passed by Congress on Saturday, was stranded on Capitol Hill yesterday, its trip to the White House on hold as embarrassed Republicans prepared to repeal a provision that could give the Appropriations committees the right to examine the tax returns of Americans.

Top GOP lawmakers disavowed the provision, expressed surprise that it was in the bill, and blamed both the Internal Revenue Service and congressional staffs for incorporating it into the omnibus spending package funding domestic departments in 2005.

But Democrats -- and some Republicans -- charged that the incident highlighted the deterioration of a budget-writing system that is prey to such incidents. Unable to agree on how much to spend on basic governmental services, they say, House and Senate GOP leaders increasingly are resorting to a secretive process that leaves the public and most members of Congress ignorant of the content of huge spending bills until hours before a final vote.

At a news conference denouncing this closed-door process, Sen. Kent Conrad (N.D.), ranking Democrat on the Budget Committee, warned that "something really seriously bad is going to happen if we let this continue." He quoted a Republican, Sen. John McCain (Ariz.): "This process is broken."

Republicans hope to finally quell the uproar over the provision tomorrow, when the House is set to approve a resolution repealing it. The Senate took that action on Saturday, after Senate leaders promised that the omnibus spending bill on which the provision was riding would not be sent to the president for his signature until both houses had repealed it.

The provision, added to the spending package of more than 3,000 pages last Thursday, would give staffers of the House and Senate Appropriations committees similar powers to enter IRS facilities and examine tax returns as are now available to the tax-writing committees of the two chambers.

But the provision appeared to some lawmakers to expressly set aside privacy safeguards, which mandate criminal penalties for those divulging individual tax information. Members of both parties charged this could breach the confidentiality of returns.

House officials said the language was intended only to allow staffers to enter IRS facilities where returns were being processed, to oversee how taxpayer money was being used. Such full access is now denied by the IRS, they said, because of the chance a congressional aide might inadvertently see a return.

The provision, House sources said, was drafted by the IRS and inserted into the bill by lower-level House staffers. Senior House and Senate Republicans said they never saw it until the bill appeared on the floor, and yesterday IRS spokesman Terry Lemons said the IRS commissioner "was unaware of the provision until after it was already approved" and "strongly supports it being deleted from the final bill."

On Saturday, Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist (R-Tenn.) referred to the provision as the "Istook amendment," and congressional aides said it had been inserted at the request of Rep. Ernest J. Istook Jr. (R-Okla.), who chairs the Appropriations subcommittee that oversees the IRS.

But yesterday Istook said in a written statement that he had been left in the dark about the provision: "I didn't write it; I didn't approve it; I wasn't even consulted. My name shouldn't be associated with it because I had nothing to do with it."

Micah Leydorf, Istook's spokeswoman, said she understood the language was added by the full Appropriations Committee staff or by Istook's subcommittee staff at the direction of staffers for the full committee.

"We have a problem with how bills like this are put together," Istook acknowledged. "The subcommittee chairman should never be bypassed like I was in this case."

He added that "honest mistakes were made but there's no conspiracy."

But some top Republicans were less charitable. Speaking on the Senate floor Saturday, Sen. Charles E. Grassley (R-Iowa), who chairs the tax-writing Finance Committee, called the provision an "outrage" and said it will "bring us back to the doorsteps of the days of Nixon, Truman and similar dark periods in our tax history when tax return information was used as a club against political enemies."

"It's simply representative of the way Congress is now operating," said Allen Schick, a professor of public policy at the University of Maryland. "It shows on the one hand how easy it is to put something in [an omnibus bill] without anybody else knowing about it." Although this may look particularly egregious, he said, the giant bill also contains hundreds of other provisions that could not be enacted into law if they were offered as single bills requiring full debate and scrutiny in both houses.

Such huge bills, lawmakers acknowledge, represent a breakdown of the normal budget process. For the second time in three years, House and Senate Republicans, bitterly divided over the level of domestic spending, failed to agree on a budget blueprint, as required by law.

The impasse forced delays in drafting many of the spending bills, and when Congress returned last week from its election recess, it had yet to complete nine of the 13 annual appropriations bills. Seven of the spending bills had never been to the Senate floor for debate, one had never been to the House floor, and one funding the nation's nuclear weapons programs and Army Corps of Engineers water projects was still in a Senate subcommittee.

To overcome this problem, GOP leaders crammed all the remaining legislation into a single omnibus package that, under congressional rules, could not be amended.

It contained all the unfinished spending bills, along with three other pieces of major legislation -- the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act, the Snake River Water Rights Act, and the Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act.

Along with those measures, lawmakers and staffs added thousands of local projects benefiting home states and districts. Also included in the final bill was a major provision barring states from enforcing laws that require health care providers, hospitals, HMOs or insurers to pay for, provide or give referrals for abortion.

But when the measure was rushed to the floors of the two chambers Saturday, few members had read it. Lawmakers absent from the Capitol for weeks while campaigning for reelection returned for a brief lame-duck session to complete the work of the 108th Congress.

The secretive process, Schick noted, gives GOP leaders enormous power to add provisions that they or special interests might want, and to delete provisions that GOP factions or the White House find objectionable.

Frist, for example, ordered negotiators to accept the abortion provision, even though it had never gone to the Senate floor and was only in the House-passed version of the bill covering health appropriations. Senate opponents agreed not to block its consideration after Frist promised to schedule a vote soon on a bill drafted by Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-Calif.) to repeal the provision.

GOP leaders also deleted provisions on overtime regulations and the outsourcing of government jobs despite support in both houses.

"It's not transparent, and it's a breakdown of legislative order," Schick said. - http://www.washingtonpost.com...


 
Frat Spankings and Bush Followers
11.21.04 (5:32 am)   [edit]
[b]The Theory of "Cognitive Dissonance" &151; Or why Bush backers keep saying, "thank you, sir, may I have another?"[/b]

To those of us schooled in the humanistic tradition of the scientific method, George W.'s continued popularity, although at an all-time low, continues to mystify. His lies, venality, hypocrisy, and incompetence are so manifest, we cry, that even mouth-breathing Limbaugh listeners must recognize them.

Not necessarily. Over 59 million voters trooped to the polls a few weeks ago, and asked like a plebe in an old-school frat house for the current administration to continue whacking them with a paddle for four more years.

That W.'s presidency is bad is self-evident. He and his administration ignored for nine months the terrorist threat that resulted in an attack on American soil worse than Pearl Harbor. Then he saw (or pretended to see) a military threat in Iraq that turned out to be non-existent, sparking a war that has killed 1200 American soldiers and some hundred thousand Iraqi civilians.

[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Frat Spankings and Bush Followers
11.21.04 (5:31 am)   [edit]
[b]The Theory of "Cognitive Dissonance" &151; Or why Bush backers keep saying, "thank you, sir, may I have another?"[/b]

To those of us schooled in the humanistic tradition of the scientific method, George W.'s continued popularity, although at an all-time low, continues to mystify. His lies, venality, hypocrisy, and incompetence are so manifest, we cry, that even mouth-breathing Limbaugh listeners must recognize them.

Not necessarily. Over 59 million voters trooped to the polls a few weeks ago, and asked like a plebe in an old-school frat house for the current administration to continue whacking them with a paddle for four more years.

That W.'s presidency is bad is self-evident. He and his administration ignored for nine months the terrorist threat that resulted in an attack on American soil worse than Pearl Harbor. Then he saw (or pretended to see) a military threat in Iraq that turned out to be non-existent, sparking a war that has killed 1200 American soldiers and some hundred thousand Iraqi civilians.

[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Frat Spankings and Bush Followers
11.21.04 (5:30 am)   [edit]
[b]The Theory of "Cognitive Dissonance" &151; Or why Bush backers keep saying, "thank you, sir, may I have another?"[/b]

To those of us schooled in the humanistic tradition of the scientific method, George W.'s continued popularity, although at an all-time low, continues to mystify. His lies, venality, hypocrisy, and incompetence are so manifest, we cry, that even mouth-breathing Limbaugh listeners must recognize them.

Not necessarily. Over 59 million voters trooped to the polls a few weeks ago, and asked like a plebe in an old-school frat house for the current administration to continue whacking them with a paddle for four more years.

That W.'s presidency is bad is self-evident. He and his administration ignored for nine months the terrorist threat that resulted in an attack on American soil worse than Pearl Harbor. Then he saw (or pretended to see) a military threat in Iraq that turned out to be non-existent, sparking a war that has killed 1200 American soldiers and some hundred thousand Iraqi civilians.

[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Frat Spankings and Bush Followers
11.21.04 (5:27 am)   [edit]
[b]The Theory of "Cognitive Dissonance" &151; Or why Bush backers keep saying, "thank you, sir, may I have another?"[/b]

To those of us schooled in the humanistic tradition of the scientific method, George W.'s continued popularity, although at an all-time low, continues to mystify. His lies, venality, hypocrisy, and incompetence are so manifest, we cry, that even mouth-breathing Limbaugh listeners must recognize them.

Not necessarily. Over 59 million voters trooped to the polls a few weeks ago, and asked like a plebe in an old-school frat house for the current administration to continue whacking them with a paddle for four more years.

That W.'s presidency is bad is self-evident. He and his administration ignored for nine months the terrorist threat that resulted in an attack on American soil worse than Pearl Harbor. Then he saw (or pretended to see) a military threat in Iraq that turned out to be non-existent, sparking a war that has killed 1200 American soldiers and some hundred thousand Iraqi civilians.

[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Frat Spankings and Bush Followers
11.21.04 (5:26 am)   [edit]
[b]The Theory of "Cognitive Dissonance" &151; Or why Bush backers keep saying, "thank you, sir, may I have another?"[/b]

To those of us schooled in the humanistic tradition of the scientific method, George W.'s continued popularity, although at an all-time low, continues to mystify. His lies, venality, hypocrisy, and incompetence are so manifest, we cry, that even mouth-breathing Limbaugh listeners must recognize them.

Not necessarily. Over 59 million voters trooped to the polls a few weeks ago, and asked like a plebe in an old-school frat house for the current administration to continue whacking them with a paddle for four more years.

That W.'s presidency is bad is self-evident. He and his administration ignored for nine months the terrorist threat that resulted in an attack on American soil worse than Pearl Harbor. Then he saw (or pretended to see) a military threat in Iraq that turned out to be non-existent, sparking a war that has killed 1200 American soldiers and some hundred thousand Iraqi civilians.

[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Anti-Bush Protesters Battle Police at Chile Summit
11.21.04 (5:21 am)   [edit]
SANTIAGO, Chile - Hooded anti-American marchers protesting an Asia-Pacific summit in Chile Friday hurled Molotov cocktails and stones at police who retaliated with water cannons and tear gas.


[i]Chileans protest against U.S. President George W. Bush with an Iraqi flag that reads, 'Resist Falluja,' as hundreds of demonstrators marched through downtown Santiago, November 19, 2004. Leaders of the 21 member countries of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) gathered here for their annual meeting as activists took to the streets to show their opposition[/i].

A large march against the weekend meeting of 21 leaders of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum turned violent when a few dozen youths broke away from the main group to attack police.

About 100 people were arrested and four were injured, police said.

President Bush arrived late Friday for a visit that has been a lightning rod for protests.

Tens of thousands of people streamed through central Santiago carrying banners and chanting slogans against the U.S.-led occupation of Iraq, including "Fascist Bush is a terrorist."

The area hit by the violence was small and had no effect on pre-summit bilateral talks between APEC leaders, including Russian President Vladimir Putin and China's President Hu Jintao. All 21 leaders meet Saturday and Sunday.

Ministers paving the way for the weekend meeting have discussed ways to revive global trade talks launched in Doha three years ago. Cooperation against international terrorism is also on the agenda, at the urging of countries including the United States and Russia.

The nuclear arms programs of North Korea, one of few Asian-Pacific countries not part of APEC, will be one of the main security topics in bilateral meetings such as Hu's talks with South Korean President Roh Moo-hyun Friday and the Hu-Bush summit Saturday.

'MUTUAL DISTRUST'

"Everyone is very clear that the extreme mutual distrust between the two major parties -- the U.S. and the DPRK (North Korea) -- is the biggest barrier" to resolving a two-year-old impasse, said Chinese foreign Ministry spokesman Kong Quan.

China's Hu has taken advantage of his South American trip to guarantee supplies of key commodities for his booming economy. He launched free-trade talks with Chile, the world's largest copper exporter, and agreed to begin work on a market-opening pact with New Zealand.

China also promised investments during Hu's visits to soy-producing Brazil and Argentina.

Police estimated the number of marchers at 25,000, but protest leaders said the real number was 70,000.

"The turnout is much bigger than we'd expected. This is a polite response to Bush's barbarity," said Ernesto Medina, a march organizer.

APEC officials were far away in their hotels or in a convention center overlooking the foothills of the Andes on the outskirts of Santiago.

Protest organizers from leftist, indigenous and environmental groups said the rights of workers and the need to protect the environment were being ignored in the free-trade agreements promoted by APEC members.

A violent minority pulled shirts over their faces and started throwing rocks when the march ended in Santiago's Bustamante park. They smashed park benches and burned a U.S. flag.

Police doused them with water cannons and fired tear gas from armored vehicles at protesters who dodged behind trees.

Chile's government canceled all police leave and decreed a public holiday in Santiago Friday as part of the strict security. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...

 
Anti-Bush Protesters Battle Police at Chile Summit
11.21.04 (5:21 am)   [edit]
SANTIAGO, Chile - Hooded anti-American marchers protesting an Asia-Pacific summit in Chile Friday hurled Molotov cocktails and stones at police who retaliated with water cannons and tear gas.


[i]Chileans protest against U.S. President George W. Bush with an Iraqi flag that reads, 'Resist Falluja,' as hundreds of demonstrators marched through downtown Santiago, November 19, 2004. Leaders of the 21 member countries of the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) gathered here for their annual meeting as activists took to the streets to show their opposition[/i].

A large march against the weekend meeting of 21 leaders of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum turned violent when a few dozen youths broke away from the main group to attack police.

About 100 people were arrested and four were injured, police said.

President Bush arrived late Friday for a visit that has been a lightning rod for protests.

Tens of thousands of people streamed through central Santiago carrying banners and chanting slogans against the U.S.-led occupation of Iraq, including "Fascist Bush is a terrorist."

The area hit by the violence was small and had no effect on pre-summit bilateral talks between APEC leaders, including Russian President Vladimir Putin and China's President Hu Jintao. All 21 leaders meet Saturday and Sunday.

Ministers paving the way for the weekend meeting have discussed ways to revive global trade talks launched in Doha three years ago. Cooperation against international terrorism is also on the agenda, at the urging of countries including the United States and Russia.

The nuclear arms programs of North Korea, one of few Asian-Pacific countries not part of APEC, will be one of the main security topics in bilateral meetings such as Hu's talks with South Korean President Roh Moo-hyun Friday and the Hu-Bush summit Saturday.

'MUTUAL DISTRUST'

"Everyone is very clear that the extreme mutual distrust between the two major parties -- the U.S. and the DPRK (North Korea) -- is the biggest barrier" to resolving a two-year-old impasse, said Chinese foreign Ministry spokesman Kong Quan.

China's Hu has taken advantage of his South American trip to guarantee supplies of key commodities for his booming economy. He launched free-trade talks with Chile, the world's largest copper exporter, and agreed to begin work on a market-opening pact with New Zealand.

China also promised investments during Hu's visits to soy-producing Brazil and Argentina.

Police estimated the number of marchers at 25,000, but protest leaders said the real number was 70,000.

"The turnout is much bigger than we'd expected. This is a polite response to Bush's barbarity," said Ernesto Medina, a march organizer.

APEC officials were far away in their hotels or in a convention center overlooking the foothills of the Andes on the outskirts of Santiago.

Protest organizers from leftist, indigenous and environmental groups said the rights of workers and the need to protect the environment were being ignored in the free-trade agreements promoted by APEC members.

A violent minority pulled shirts over their faces and started throwing rocks when the march ended in Santiago's Bustamante park. They smashed park benches and burned a U.S. flag.

Police doused them with water cannons and fired tear gas from armored vehicles at protesters who dodged behind trees.

Chile's government canceled all police leave and decreed a public holiday in Santiago Friday as part of the strict security. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...

 
Chaos in Iraq Imperils Voting
11.21.04 (5:11 am)   [edit]
[b]Security in some areas has deteriorated, U.S. officials say, stalling efforts to rebuild and threatening the elections planned for January[/b]

WASHINGTON - Despite the recent U.S. offensive to wrest Fallouja from militants, security in many Sunni Muslim-dominated areas of Iraq has worsened, thwarting reconstruction efforts and threatening planned January elections, U.S. officials said Friday.

Security in the so-called Sunni Triangle, as well as the northern city of Mosul, is poorer than it was six weeks ago, said William Taylor, director of the reconstruction office at the U.S. Embassy in Baghdad.

"We're worried that in some areas - again, not all, in some areas - it would now be difficult to have elections," Taylor said, adding that it was critical to speed reconstruction so that elections could take place. Launching more recovery projects is considered vital to winning Iraqi support for the elections as well as the U.S. presence in Iraq.

On Friday, a top U.S. commander in Iraq said insurgents continued to operate in many areas and their attacks could imperil the legitimacy of the elections, scheduled for Jan. 27.

"I will tell you that the intimidation campaign that is ongoing is very effective," said Air Force Lt. Gen. Lance Smith, deputy commander of U.S. Central Command. "And we see it permeates many levels of the Iraqi government and the Iraqi security forces."

Smith refused to endorse comments made a day earlier by the Marine commander in Iraq, who said the U.S. offensive in Fallouja had "broken the back" of the insurgency. As long as guerrillas retained the power to intimidate, Smith said, they remained an effective force.

"It's that part that we have got to be able to handle and take that away from [insurgents], so that people can freely get out … to vote and not go back and expect their families to be killed just because they go out and vote," said Smith, speaking to reporters at the Pentagon.

On Thursday, Lt. Gen. John F. Sattler, commander of the 1st Marine Expeditionary Force, offered a more upbeat assessment. "We feel right now that we have, as I mentioned, broken the back of the insurgency," he said at an American base outside Fallouja. "We've taken away this safe haven."

But the remarks by Smith and Taylor were an acknowledgment that U.S. and Iraqi officials have major obstacles to overcome before meaningful reconstruction and elections can be achieved.

In cities such as Baghdad, Fallouja, Ramadi, Samarra and Mosul, security "is worse today than it was, and we are having greater difficulties" than six weeks ago, said Taylor, speaking to reporters at the Pentagon from Baghdad.

Taylor added that reconstruction was proceeding "without much difficulty" in northeastern and southern Iraq. But rebuilding Fallouja is also considered crucial to U.S. and Iraqi plans to hold elections.

Fallouja was left in ruins in the all-out attack by U.S. and Iraqi forces that began Nov. 8. The U.S. is planning to spend $100 million to rebuild the town, which had been considered a key trouble spot since a March 31 mob attack on four U.S. contractors, whose bodies were mutilated and hung from a bridge.

Fallouja was believed to be the base for Jordanian militant Abu Musab Zarqawi, suspected of carrying out beheadings of hostages and attacks on Iraqi and U.S. targets.

Taylor said rebuilding teams were still waiting for the military offensive in Fallouja to end. "Within a week or two - again, depending on when the city is cleared of people opposing what we're trying to do - we ought to be able to get the first of these small projects going," he said.

He said $8 million in U.S. and Iraqi funds was earmarked for water supply improvements in Fallouja and $4 million for the construction of four schools.

Charles Hess, director of reconstruction contracting in Iraq, appeared with Taylor and said that although "security is still a serious concern" in Fallouja and elsewhere, U.S. officials believe they can overcome it.

"One of our mechanisms to deal with that, frankly, is to start as many projects as we can, given the fact that we know the insurgents can't be everywhere," Hess said. "Consequently, the more projects we start, we are moving Iraqis out, we're getting them employed, they are doing meaningful labor, they're restoring their country. And, in and of itself, that is a very positive and powerful thing we want to accomplish."

Hess and Taylor said that particularly troubling was the sabotage of the oil industry, which is essential to the Iraqi economy.

"The minister of oil is very concerned about … the security of people repairing oil lines and intimidating truck drivers," Taylor said.

Since President Bush declared an end to major combat on May 1, 2003, American officials have been frustrated with their inability to launch and finish reconstruction projects. Of $18.4 billion in reconstruction funds allocated by Congress last year, only $1.7 billion had been spent, Hess said, an increase of about $400 million from six weeks ago. He said 873 construction projects have been started, up from 703 at that time. The goal is to have 1,000 started by year's end.

However, military officials expect the surge of violence through central Iraq to continue at least through the January elections. To counter the violence, commanders are planning to delay the return of some U.S. troops, increasing the number who will provide security when Iraqis go to the polls.

"We are intent on trying to provide a secure and stable enough situation to be able to conduct nationwide elections in January," Smith said. "I will not pretend that that's not a challenge at this stage, but we will continue along those lines."

There are 138,000 U.S. troops in Iraq, and Smith said the number could rise by about 5,000 before the elections. The bulk of the increase would come from extending to a year the tours of U.S. troops who had been scheduled to leave Iraq after 10 months. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...


 
Chaos in Iraq Imperils Voting
11.21.04 (5:11 am)   [edit]
[b]Security in some areas has deteriorated, U.S. officials say, stalling efforts to rebuild and threatening the elections planned for January[/b]

WASHINGTON - Despite the recent U.S. offensive to wrest Fallouja from militants, security in many Sunni Muslim-dominated areas of Iraq has worsened, thwarting reconstruction efforts and threatening planned January elections, U.S. officials said Friday.

Security in the so-called Sunni Triangle, as well as the northern city of Mosul, is poorer than it was six weeks ago, said William Taylor, director of the reconstruction office at the U.S. Embassy in Baghdad.

"We're worried that in some areas - again, not all, in some areas - it would now be difficult to have elections," Taylor said, adding that it was critical to speed reconstruction so that elections could take place. Launching more recovery projects is considered vital to winning Iraqi support for the elections as well as the U.S. presence in Iraq.

On Friday, a top U.S. commander in Iraq said insurgents continued to operate in many areas and their attacks could imperil the legitimacy of the elections, scheduled for Jan. 27.

"I will tell you that the intimidation campaign that is ongoing is very effective," said Air Force Lt. Gen. Lance Smith, deputy commander of U.S. Central Command. "And we see it permeates many levels of the Iraqi government and the Iraqi security forces."

Smith refused to endorse comments made a day earlier by the Marine commander in Iraq, who said the U.S. offensive in Fallouja had "broken the back" of the insurgency. As long as guerrillas retained the power to intimidate, Smith said, they remained an effective force.

"It's that part that we have got to be able to handle and take that away from [insurgents], so that people can freely get out … to vote and not go back and expect their families to be killed just because they go out and vote," said Smith, speaking to reporters at the Pentagon.

On Thursday, Lt. Gen. John F. Sattler, commander of the 1st Marine Expeditionary Force, offered a more upbeat assessment. "We feel right now that we have, as I mentioned, broken the back of the insurgency," he said at an American base outside Fallouja. "We've taken away this safe haven."

But the remarks by Smith and Taylor were an acknowledgment that U.S. and Iraqi officials have major obstacles to overcome before meaningful reconstruction and elections can be achieved.

In cities such as Baghdad, Fallouja, Ramadi, Samarra and Mosul, security "is worse today than it was, and we are having greater difficulties" than six weeks ago, said Taylor, speaking to reporters at the Pentagon from Baghdad.

Taylor added that reconstruction was proceeding "without much difficulty" in northeastern and southern Iraq. But rebuilding Fallouja is also considered crucial to U.S. and Iraqi plans to hold elections.

Fallouja was left in ruins in the all-out attack by U.S. and Iraqi forces that began Nov. 8. The U.S. is planning to spend $100 million to rebuild the town, which had been considered a key trouble spot since a March 31 mob attack on four U.S. contractors, whose bodies were mutilated and hung from a bridge.

Fallouja was believed to be the base for Jordanian militant Abu Musab Zarqawi, suspected of carrying out beheadings of hostages and attacks on Iraqi and U.S. targets.

Taylor said rebuilding teams were still waiting for the military offensive in Fallouja to end. "Within a week or two - again, depending on when the city is cleared of people opposing what we're trying to do - we ought to be able to get the first of these small projects going," he said.

He said $8 million in U.S. and Iraqi funds was earmarked for water supply improvements in Fallouja and $4 million for the construction of four schools.

Charles Hess, director of reconstruction contracting in Iraq, appeared with Taylor and said that although "security is still a serious concern" in Fallouja and elsewhere, U.S. officials believe they can overcome it.

"One of our mechanisms to deal with that, frankly, is to start as many projects as we can, given the fact that we know the insurgents can't be everywhere," Hess said. "Consequently, the more projects we start, we are moving Iraqis out, we're getting them employed, they are doing meaningful labor, they're restoring their country. And, in and of itself, that is a very positive and powerful thing we want to accomplish."

Hess and Taylor said that particularly troubling was the sabotage of the oil industry, which is essential to the Iraqi economy.

"The minister of oil is very concerned about … the security of people repairing oil lines and intimidating truck drivers," Taylor said.

Since President Bush declared an end to major combat on May 1, 2003, American officials have been frustrated with their inability to launch and finish reconstruction projects. Of $18.4 billion in reconstruction funds allocated by Congress last year, only $1.7 billion had been spent, Hess said, an increase of about $400 million from six weeks ago. He said 873 construction projects have been started, up from 703 at that time. The goal is to have 1,000 started by year's end.

However, military officials expect the surge of violence through central Iraq to continue at least through the January elections. To counter the violence, commanders are planning to delay the return of some U.S. troops, increasing the number who will provide security when Iraqis go to the polls.

"We are intent on trying to provide a secure and stable enough situation to be able to conduct nationwide elections in January," Smith said. "I will not pretend that that's not a challenge at this stage, but we will continue along those lines."

There are 138,000 U.S. troops in Iraq, and Smith said the number could rise by about 5,000 before the elections. The bulk of the increase would come from extending to a year the tours of U.S. troops who had been scheduled to leave Iraq after 10 months. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...


 
US, EU on Collision Course Over Iran's Nuclear Capabilities
11.21.04 (5:07 am)   [edit]
[b]Pentagon turns heat up on Iran [/b]

[i]Washington and European Union on collision course over how to neutralise Tehran's nuclear capabilities [/i]

Pentagon hawks have begun discussing military action against Iran to neutralise its nuclear weapons threat, including possible strikes on leadership, political and security targets.

With a deadline of tomorrow for Iran to begin an agreed freeze on enriching uranium, which can be used to produce nuclear weapons, sources have disclosed that the latest Pentagon gaming model for 'neutralising' Iran's nuclear threat involves strikes in support of regime change.

Although the United States has made clear that it would seek sanctions against Iran through the United Nations should it not meet its obligations, rather than undertake military action, the new modelling at the Pentagon, with its shift in emphasis from suspected nuclear to political target lists, is causing deep anxiety among officials in the UK, France and Germany.

The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) is due to meet on Thursday to decide whether to refer Iran to the UN Security Council for being in breach of non-proliferation measures.

Sources close to the Bush administration have warned that Tony Blair will have to choose between the EU's pursuit of the diplomatic track and a more hardline approach from the White House.

While George Bush clearly favours more stick and less carrot, it is not yet clear what the stick might be: US administration sources say targeted air strikes - either by the US or Israel - aimed at wiping out Iran's fledgling nuclear programme would be difficult because of a lack of clear intelligence about where key components are located.

Despite America's attempt to turn up the heat on Iran, analysts remain deeply uncertain whether the increasingly bellicose noises which are coming from Bush administration figures represent a crude form of 'megaphone' diplomacy designed to scare Iran into sticking to its side of the bargain, or evidence that Washington is leaning towards a new military adventure.

Details of the emerging Pentagon thinking have come as US officials have spent the past week turning up the pressure on Iran before the deal comes into force.

US officials are expected to meet European diplomats and IAEA officials to complain about Iran's continuing production of substantial quantities of uranium hexafluoride, which can be used in a weapons programme.

Although not explicitly barred in the accord, US officials believe it amounts to a serious show of bad faith by Iran.

Speaking on the fringes of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum meeting in Santiago yesterday, Bush ratcheted up the pressure on Iran.

'It is very important for the Iran government to hear that we are concerned about their desires and we're concerned about reports that show that, before a certain international meeting, they're willing to speed up the processing of materials that could lead to a nuclear weapon,' Bush said.

Referring to the European countries that negotiated the deal with Iran, Bush added: 'They do believe that Iran has got nuclear ambitions, as do we, as do many around the world.

'This is a very serious matter. The world knows it's a serious matter and we're working together to solve this matter.'

Under a pact reached by the European countries and Iran last week, Iran is due to suspend all uranium enrichment, while it negotiates a deal in which it would receive trade incentives and peaceful nuclear technology.

Yesterday, the Foreign Office tried to play down fears that Iran is already breaching the deal which was negotiated with the EU, insisting that the IAEA be allowed to issue its own verdict on Tehran's compliance this week.

'We will wait and see what the report is: the Iranians have got until 25 November,' said a spokesman.

But Whitehall sources said the UK accepted that Iran had a complex and extensive nuclear programme that could not be shut down overnight.

'There is a lot of speculation that is unfounded. Obviously there have been a lot of concerns in the past, but there's a deal on the table and we hope that they will stick with it,' said one.

Last week, US Secretary of State Colin Powell, who has just announced his resignation, told reporters that US intelligence had seen hard evidence that Iran was close to putting a nuclear weapon on a long-range weapons system.

The allegation was immediately challenged by officials in the State Department, who said the information, which had come from a single 'walk-in' source, had yet to be verified. - http://observer.guardian.co.u...,6903,1356160,00.html

 
US, EU on Collision Course Over Iran's Nuclear Capabilities
11.21.04 (5:07 am)   [edit]
[b]Pentagon turns heat up on Iran [/b]

[i]Washington and European Union on collision course over how to neutralise Tehran's nuclear capabilities [/i]

Pentagon hawks have begun discussing military action against Iran to neutralise its nuclear weapons threat, including possible strikes on leadership, political and security targets.

With a deadline of tomorrow for Iran to begin an agreed freeze on enriching uranium, which can be used to produce nuclear weapons, sources have disclosed that the latest Pentagon gaming model for 'neutralising' Iran's nuclear threat involves strikes in support of regime change.

Although the United States has made clear that it would seek sanctions against Iran through the United Nations should it not meet its obligations, rather than undertake military action, the new modelling at the Pentagon, with its shift in emphasis from suspected nuclear to political target lists, is causing deep anxiety among officials in the UK, France and Germany.

The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) is due to meet on Thursday to decide whether to refer Iran to the UN Security Council for being in breach of non-proliferation measures.

Sources close to the Bush administration have warned that Tony Blair will have to choose between the EU's pursuit of the diplomatic track and a more hardline approach from the White House.

While George Bush clearly favours more stick and less carrot, it is not yet clear what the stick might be: US administration sources say targeted air strikes - either by the US or Israel - aimed at wiping out Iran's fledgling nuclear programme would be difficult because of a lack of clear intelligence about where key components are located.

Despite America's attempt to turn up the heat on Iran, analysts remain deeply uncertain whether the increasingly bellicose noises which are coming from Bush administration figures represent a crude form of 'megaphone' diplomacy designed to scare Iran into sticking to its side of the bargain, or evidence that Washington is leaning towards a new military adventure.

Details of the emerging Pentagon thinking have come as US officials have spent the past week turning up the pressure on Iran before the deal comes into force.

US officials are expected to meet European diplomats and IAEA officials to complain about Iran's continuing production of substantial quantities of uranium hexafluoride, which can be used in a weapons programme.

Although not explicitly barred in the accord, US officials believe it amounts to a serious show of bad faith by Iran.

Speaking on the fringes of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum meeting in Santiago yesterday, Bush ratcheted up the pressure on Iran.

'It is very important for the Iran government to hear that we are concerned about their desires and we're concerned about reports that show that, before a certain international meeting, they're willing to speed up the processing of materials that could lead to a nuclear weapon,' Bush said.

Referring to the European countries that negotiated the deal with Iran, Bush added: 'They do believe that Iran has got nuclear ambitions, as do we, as do many around the world.

'This is a very serious matter. The world knows it's a serious matter and we're working together to solve this matter.'

Under a pact reached by the European countries and Iran last week, Iran is due to suspend all uranium enrichment, while it negotiates a deal in which it would receive trade incentives and peaceful nuclear technology.

Yesterday, the Foreign Office tried to play down fears that Iran is already breaching the deal which was negotiated with the EU, insisting that the IAEA be allowed to issue its own verdict on Tehran's compliance this week.

'We will wait and see what the report is: the Iranians have got until 25 November,' said a spokesman.

But Whitehall sources said the UK accepted that Iran had a complex and extensive nuclear programme that could not be shut down overnight.

'There is a lot of speculation that is unfounded. Obviously there have been a lot of concerns in the past, but there's a deal on the table and we hope that they will stick with it,' said one.

Last week, US Secretary of State Colin Powell, who has just announced his resignation, told reporters that US intelligence had seen hard evidence that Iran was close to putting a nuclear weapon on a long-range weapons system.

The allegation was immediately challenged by officials in the State Department, who said the information, which had come from a single 'walk-in' source, had yet to be verified. - http://observer.guardian.co.u...,6903,1356160,00.html

 
Powell 'Pushed Out' by Bush for Seeking to Rein in Israel
11.21.04 (5:02 am)   [edit]
Colin Powell, the outgoing US secretary of state, was given his marching orders after telling President George W Bush that he wanted greater power to confront Israel over the stalled Middle East peace process.

Although Mr Powell's departure was announced on November 15, his letter of resignation was dated November 11, the day he had a meeting with Mr Bush.

According to White House officials, at the meeting Mr Powell was not asked to stay on and gave no hints that he would do so. Briefing reporters later, he referred to "fulsome discussions" - diplomatic code for disagreements.

"The clincher came over the Mid-East peace process," said a recently-retired state department official.

"Powell thought he could use the credit he had banked as the president's 'good cop' in foreign policy to rein in Ariel Sharon [Israel's prime minister] and get the peace process going. He was wrong."

Bob Woodward, the veteran Washington reporter who was granted unprecedented access to the first Bush administration for his books Bush At War and Plan Of Attack, said last week that Mr Powell had been "dreaming" if he thought that he could stay on.

Vice-president Dick Cheney and his fellow hardliner, John Bolton, an under-secretary of state to Mr Powell, are both understood to have lobbied Mr Bush to replace him.

They wanted to make Iran's alleged nuclear bomb aspirations and support for Islamic terror groups the foreign policy priority for the new administration and believed that Mr Powell would back away from a confrontational approach.

The two are frustrated that Britain, France and Germany are still seeking a diplomatic deal with Teheran rather than backing an immediate UN Security Council resolution condemning Iran and threatening sanctions.

Mr Powell's final pitch to remain in office for at least another year was made during Tony Blair's visit to Washington nine days ago, The Telegraph has learned. Earlier indications had been that he intended to step down after enduring four years of clashes with the office of Mr Cheney and the Pentagon under Donald Rumsfeld.

Friends of Mr Powell later briefed journalists that he had changed his mind because he saw the chance of progress on the peace process and wanted to see through the Iraqi elections.

Mr Powell is to be replaced by Condoleezza Rice, the national security adviser and close confidante of Mr Bush.

Mr Bolton's predicted promotion as her deputy is a further signal that the president wants to conduct foreign policy without the "moderating" influence and popular public face of Mr Powell.

Prominent neo-conservatives in Washington make no secret of their desire for regime change in Teheran, although few believe that a full-scale military operation is a viable strategy.

Instead, the emphasis is on establishing economic sanctions as a means to squeeze the ruling mullahs. There is also the option that the US may tacitly back Israeli air strikes on Iranian nuclear facilities.

The overhaul of the CIA under its new director, Porter Goss, a recent Bush appointee, is also intended to remove critics of America's foreign policy. - http://www.telegraph.co.uk/ne...
 
Powell 'Pushed Out' by Bush for Seeking to Rein in Israel
11.21.04 (5:00 am)   [edit]
Colin Powell, the outgoing US secretary of state, was given his marching orders after telling President George W Bush that he wanted greater power to confront Israel over the stalled Middle East peace process.

Although Mr Powell's departure was announced on November 15, his letter of resignation was dated November 11, the day he had a meeting with Mr Bush.

According to White House officials, at the meeting Mr Powell was not asked to stay on and gave no hints that he would do so. Briefing reporters later, he referred to "fulsome discussions" - diplomatic code for disagreements.

"The clincher came over the Mid-East peace process," said a recently-retired state department official.

"Powell thought he could use the credit he had banked as the president's 'good cop' in foreign policy to rein in Ariel Sharon [Israel's prime minister] and get the peace process going. He was wrong."

Bob Woodward, the veteran Washington reporter who was granted unprecedented access to the first Bush administration for his books Bush At War and Plan Of Attack, said last week that Mr Powell had been "dreaming" if he thought that he could stay on.

Vice-president Dick Cheney and his fellow hardliner, John Bolton, an under-secretary of state to Mr Powell, are both understood to have lobbied Mr Bush to replace him.

They wanted to make Iran's alleged nuclear bomb aspirations and support for Islamic terror groups the foreign policy priority for the new administration and believed that Mr Powell would back away from a confrontational approach.

The two are frustrated that Britain, France and Germany are still seeking a diplomatic deal with Teheran rather than backing an immediate UN Security Council resolution condemning Iran and threatening sanctions.

Mr Powell's final pitch to remain in office for at least another year was made during Tony Blair's visit to Washington nine days ago, The Telegraph has learned. Earlier indications had been that he intended to step down after enduring four years of clashes with the office of Mr Cheney and the Pentagon under Donald Rumsfeld.

Friends of Mr Powell later briefed journalists that he had changed his mind because he saw the chance of progress on the peace process and wanted to see through the Iraqi elections.

Mr Powell is to be replaced by Condoleezza Rice, the national security adviser and close confidante of Mr Bush.

Mr Bolton's predicted promotion as her deputy is a further signal that the president wants to conduct foreign policy without the "moderating" influence and popular public face of Mr Powell.

Prominent neo-conservatives in Washington make no secret of their desire for regime change in Teheran, although few believe that a full-scale military operation is a viable strategy.

Instead, the emphasis is on establishing economic sanctions as a means to squeeze the ruling mullahs. There is also the option that the US may tacitly back Israeli air strikes on Iranian nuclear facilities.

The overhaul of the CIA under its new director, Porter Goss, a recent Bush appointee, is also intended to remove critics of America's foreign policy. - http://www.telegraph.co.uk/ne...
 
Real Loser George W. Bush Praises Great Prez William J. Clinton at Library Opening ...
11.19.04 (5:34 am)   [edit]
Newly re-elected Republican President George W Bush paid glowing tributes to former Democratic president Bill Clinton today.

It happened at the star-studded official opening of the William J Clinton Presidential Library in Little Rock, Arkansas, where an estimated 30,000 fans, friends and former White House aides of Mr Clinton, the nation’s 42nd president, turned out.

Mr Bush had not been surrounded by so many Democrats in quite some time, including several who spent much of this year unsuccessfully trying to oust him from the White House in elections earlier this month.

But it was all harmony, despite the pouring rain, as the thousands of onlookers spied a small fraternity of other ex-presidents: Jimmy Carter and George Herbert Walker Bush. Gerald R. Ford was unable to come.

In a mostly serious 10-minute tribute, Mr Bush acknowledged Mr Clinton’s well-known political skills and the tireless work ethic of this “able and energetic American” – and he didn’t stop there.

He said: “President Clinton led our country with optimism and a great affection for the American people and that affection has been returned.

“He was an innovator, a serious student of policy and a man of great compassion. In the White House, the whole world witnessed his brilliance and his mastery of detail, his persuasive powers and his persistence.”

Mr Bush’s father and Mr Carter also delivered light-hearted remarks and they sat dutifully on the stage for the 90-minute ceremony, hovering under umbrellas against the steady, chilly, driving rain.

The President hailed Mr Clinton’s rise to power as a ”remarkable story ... that inspires people from every background all over America.”

“The William J. Clinton presidential library is a gift to the future by a man who always believed in the future,” Mr Bush said. “We thank him for loving and serving America.’

Mr Clinton congratulated Mr Bush on his re-election, but couldn’t help offering some advice. Recalling that his failure to see a lasting Middle East peace accord was the ”biggest disappointment” of his White House tenure, he wished the president “Godspeed” in his own efforts on that front.

White House spokesman Scott McClellan deflected any suggestion that Mr Bush was reluctant to participate in an event serving as both Clinton administration reunion and informal Democratic strategy session for a party that saw big losses in the November 2 elections.

“All presidents join together in tribute to one of their own,” McClellan said.

The audience included Mr Bush’s re-election opponents from this year and 2000, John Kerry and Al Gore, as well as several former Clinton administration officials who worked on Kerry’s campaign against the president.

The dedication also had a Hollywood touch with U2’s Bono and The Edge the headlining performers.

After the ceremony, the president and first lady Laura Bush were being treated to a private tour of the library and were to repair to a celebratory lunch in a nearby tent.

Bush was then flying to Texas for a one-night stay at his Crawford ranch before travelling to Santiago, Chile, for a weekend economic summit with Pacific Rim leaders. - http://news.scotsman.com/late...
 
Real Loser George W. Bush Praises Great Prez William J. Clinton at Library Opening ...
11.19.04 (5:32 am)   [edit]
Newly re-elected Republican President George W Bush paid glowing tributes to former Democratic president Bill Clinton today.

It happened at the star-studded official opening of the William J Clinton Presidential Library in Little Rock, Arkansas, where an estimated 30,000 fans, friends and former White House aides of Mr Clinton, the nation’s 42nd president, turned out.

Mr Bush had not been surrounded by so many Democrats in quite some time, including several who spent much of this year unsuccessfully trying to oust him from the White House in elections earlier this month.

But it was all harmony, despite the pouring rain, as the thousands of onlookers spied a small fraternity of other ex-presidents: Jimmy Carter and George Herbert Walker Bush. Gerald R. Ford was unable to come.

In a mostly serious 10-minute tribute, Mr Bush acknowledged Mr Clinton’s well-known political skills and the tireless work ethic of this “able and energetic American” – and he didn’t stop there.

He said: “President Clinton led our country with optimism and a great affection for the American people and that affection has been returned.

“He was an innovator, a serious student of policy and a man of great compassion. In the White House, the whole world witnessed his brilliance and his mastery of detail, his persuasive powers and his persistence.”

Mr Bush’s father and Mr Carter also delivered light-hearted remarks and they sat dutifully on the stage for the 90-minute ceremony, hovering under umbrellas against the steady, chilly, driving rain.

The President hailed Mr Clinton’s rise to power as a ”remarkable story ... that inspires people from every background all over America.”

“The William J. Clinton presidential library is a gift to the future by a man who always believed in the future,” Mr Bush said. “We thank him for loving and serving America.’

Mr Clinton congratulated Mr Bush on his re-election, but couldn’t help offering some advice. Recalling that his failure to see a lasting Middle East peace accord was the ”biggest disappointment” of his White House tenure, he wished the president “Godspeed” in his own efforts on that front.

White House spokesman Scott McClellan deflected any suggestion that Mr Bush was reluctant to participate in an event serving as both Clinton administration reunion and informal Democratic strategy session for a party that saw big losses in the November 2 elections.

“All presidents join together in tribute to one of their own,” McClellan said.

The audience included Mr Bush’s re-election opponents from this year and 2000, John Kerry and Al Gore, as well as several former Clinton administration officials who worked on Kerry’s campaign against the president.

The dedication also had a Hollywood touch with U2’s Bono and The Edge the headlining performers.

After the ceremony, the president and first lady Laura Bush were being treated to a private tour of the library and were to repair to a celebratory lunch in a nearby tent.

Bush was then flying to Texas for a one-night stay at his Crawford ranch before travelling to Santiago, Chile, for a weekend economic summit with Pacific Rim leaders. - http://news.scotsman.com/late...
 
Ignorance, Superstition & Bigotry; NOT "Moral" Values, Won the Day!
11.19.04 (5:22 am)   [edit]
Twenty percent inflation? Well, maybe not that high but the recent announcement that the Producer Price Index (PPI) reached 1.7 percent in October would calculate to over 20 percent annually if this rate continued. A contributing factor in the jump in the PPI is the volatile oil market which saw oil exceed $55 per barrel just a few weeks ago. But consumers so far have shrugged off the higher resulting gasoline prices at the pump, continuing to purchase inefficient, gas-guzzling SUVs, though at a slower pace. The single largest jump in the PPI since 1990, however, doesn't augur well for the average working American as inflation, higher home loan interest rates, especially on adjusted mortgages and credit card balances, will result in escalating consumer debt and bankruptcies.

But with G. W. Bush's "moral values" vote which handed him his November 2 victory, the message is clear: "Stay the course." And staying the course means that his politics of division worked well for four years so there is no reason to change direction. More tax breaks for the wealthiest 5% of the population will sail through the compliant, rubber stamp Republican-controlled US Congress, virtually guaranteeing record budget deficits and exploding national debt.

The Bush catastrophic monetary policies led to nearly a $500 billion budget deficit in fiscal year 2004, which added on to the leviathan national debt of $7.4 trillion, will soon impact all our citizens when he goes to the US Congress to demand an additional $690 billion to fund his exorbitant and massive spending plans through 2005. The "moral values"party must now face this harsh reality and prepare our country for draconian cuts in services and programs which have benefited our citizens for decades.

Staying the course also means losing more good paying factory and industrial jobs to foreign competition. Bush's November 2 victory not only is a vindication for the "moral values" electorate who approved of his policies but it has become his mandate for continuing to add to the 35.9 million people now living below the poverty line. Bush added 4.3 million to this number during his first four years and if the pace of layoffs and outsourcing of jobs translate into fiscal and economic "success" then we can expect that number to grow even higher. Included in the 35.9 million living below the poverty line are children who make up 11% of the total while the number of children receiving welfare declined by 10% during the same period. Adding to his "moral values" mandate are the 5.2 million more Americans without health insurance which totalled 45 million people at the end of 2003 according to the Census Bureau.

While Bush touts his privatization plans for Social Security the DotCom bubble burst in the late 90's showed how easy it is for the Ponzi Scheme boys on Wall Street to drain money from workers' pension contributions. While Bush is selling the lie that those who contribute from 2 percent to 6.2 percent can manage their own accounts, nothing is further from the truth. Once the money goes into the private account it becomes untouchable until that person is eligible to retire. In the meantime, the stock brokers will have unchecked access to this "free" money to do with whatever they wish.

The cost of setting up the government's transition to take money from Social Security and invest it in the stock market is estimated to cost a minimum of one trillion taxpayer dollars. So, when the retiree goes to collect his money twenty years from now he/she may find their account nearly penniless. But,the slick-talking corporate CEO thieves who manipulated and churned these retirement accounts can always come back with, "Didn't you read your Prospectus? It says there's no guarantee of profits or gains from your investments. So long sucker!."

The Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation (PBGC) is now in the hole by $23.3 billion, more than double what it was a year ago. This is the government agency that insures workers' pensions in case the companies they work for go bankrupt or cancel pension and medical plans which occurred recently with several major airlines.The agency has experienced losses of $12.1 billion over a 12-month period and is responsible for paying the pensions for more than one million people covered by pension plans that failed.

The recent revelation of hemorrhaging red ink at Fannie Mae, about $9 billion (Is anyone really counting?), is reminiscent of the Enron swindle which resulted in the company's $62 billion bankruptcy and the extortion of over $45 billion from the Western states of California, Nevada, Washington and Oregon.

Over $10 billion was extorted from California through Bush/Cheney and chief henchman at the Federal Regulatory Energy Commission Chairman (FERC), Pat Wood, who encouraged price-gouging and energy profiteering by declaring that the market forces "worked as they were intended to." But the recent Fannie Mae disclosure of an accounting "irregularity" of $9 billion may well be only the tip of the iceberg. Fannie Mae finances one out of every five homes sold in the United States.

The cascading red ink created solely by the Bush administration and their Republican cohorts in the US Congress apparently did little to faze the "moral values" voters' support, many of whom reside in some of the most economically destitute states in the Bible Belt South where low wages and low standard of living conditions are the status quo. According to political pollsters this area of the country cost John Kerry about 140 electoral votes the minute he accepted the Democrat Party's nomination.

Republicans have been quick to introduce legislation providing cover and immunity for their House Leader, Tom DeLay, indisputably the most divisive, thieving, corrupt and combative legislator in the history of the United States. According to the Washington Post in an article released today, "House Republicans were contemplating changing their rules in order to allow members indicted by state prosecutors to remain in a leadership post, a move designed to benefit Majority Leader Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) in case he is charged by a Texas grand jury that has indicted three of his political associates, GOP leaders said today."

The "moral values" voters who supported this syndicate of thieves and liars must bear the burden for the fiscal irresponsibility of the Bush administration for the next four years. By allowing themselves to be duped into believing the Bush false claims that Iraq possessed WMD and had ties to al Qaeda they will be called to account when terrorists attack and murder American citizens on our own soil, for the mounting deaths of thousands of innocent Iraqi men, women and children and the increasing senseless casualties of U. S. military fighting in Iraq which number nearly 1,200 and over 8,000 wounded to date.

The mainstream media have written that the reason G. W. Bush won the election was because "moral values" trumped all other issues. Whether based on religious devoutness or just plain ignorance the fact remains that these fanatics have won the day. They claim to still hold their markers for which they vow to call in as payment for their loyalty to the Republican Party, holding them above national interests and homeland security. Those markers will cost all Americans more than money and jobs; they will cost all of us our civil liberties and freedoms if they have their way.

Busting our economy, cutting taxes for the wealthiest 5% of the population, waging War Forever, discarding once-friendly allies and international treaties by snubbing their noses at the world have not slaked the bloodlust and avarice of the pious," moral values" acolytes whose destructive powers now are aimed at the very heart of our US Constitution.

Poet E. E. Cummings wrote:

[i]pity this busy monster,manunkind, not.
Progress is a comfortable disease:
your victim (death and life safely beyond)
plays with the bigness of his littleness [/i]

These small-minded people whose arrogant, hostile ideology spouts tolerance-for-none, my way or the highway totalitarianism are on a war path whose goal is a return to a mythical Mayberry world which exists only in the narrow confines of the most ignorant. Perhaps there are principled statesmen in the Republican Party who have a more ecumenical definition of "moral values" but if there are any, they have yet to step forward. - http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

 
Ignorance, Superstition & Bigotry; NOT "Moral" Values, Won the Day!
11.19.04 (5:14 am)   [edit]
Twenty percent inflation? Well, maybe not that high but the recent announcement that the Producer Price Index (PPI) reached 1.7 percent in October would calculate to over 20 percent annually if this rate continued. A contributing factor in the jump in the PPI is the volatile oil market which saw oil exceed $55 per barrel just a few weeks ago. But consumers so far have shrugged off the higher resulting gasoline prices at the pump, continuing to purchase inefficient, gas-guzzling SUVs, though at a slower pace. The single largest jump in the PPI since 1990, however, doesn't augur well for the average working American as inflation, higher home loan interest rates, especially on adjusted mortgages and credit card balances, will result in escalating consumer debt and bankruptcies.

But with G. W. Bush's "moral values" vote which handed him his November 2 victory, the message is clear: "Stay the course." And staying the course means that his politics of division worked well for four years so there is no reason to change direction. More tax breaks for the wealthiest 5% of the population will sail through the compliant, rubber stamp Republican-controlled US Congress, virtually guaranteeing record budget deficits and exploding national debt.

The Bush catastrophic monetary policies led to nearly a $500 billion budget deficit in fiscal year 2004, which added on to the leviathan national debt of $7.4 trillion, will soon impact all our citizens when he goes to the US Congress to demand an additional $690 billion to fund his exorbitant and massive spending plans through 2005. The "moral values"party must now face this harsh reality and prepare our country for draconian cuts in services and programs which have benefited our citizens for decades.

Staying the course also means losing more good paying factory and industrial jobs to foreign competition. Bush's November 2 victory not only is a vindication for the "moral values" electorate who approved of his policies but it has become his mandate for continuing to add to the 35.9 million people now living below the poverty line. Bush added 4.3 million to this number during his first four years and if the pace of layoffs and outsourcing of jobs translate into fiscal and economic "success" then we can expect that number to grow even higher. Included in the 35.9 million living below the poverty line are children who make up 11% of the total while the number of children receiving welfare declined by 10% during the same period. Adding to his "moral values" mandate are the 5.2 million more Americans without health insurance which totalled 45 million people at the end of 2003 according to the Census Bureau.

While Bush touts his privatization plans for Social Security the DotCom bubble burst in the late 90's showed how easy it is for the Ponzi Scheme boys on Wall Street to drain money from workers' pension contributions. While Bush is selling the lie that those who contribute from 2 percent to 6.2 percent can manage their own accounts, nothing is further from the truth. Once the money goes into the private account it becomes untouchable until that person is eligible to retire. In the meantime, the stock brokers will have unchecked access to this "free" money to do with whatever they wish.

The cost of setting up the government's transition to take money from Social Security and invest it in the stock market is estimated to cost a minimum of one trillion taxpayer dollars. So, when the retiree goes to collect his money twenty years from now he/she may find their account nearly penniless. But,the slick-talking corporate CEO thieves who manipulated and churned these retirement accounts can always come back with, "Didn't you read your Prospectus? It says there's no guarantee of profits or gains from your investments. So long sucker!."

The Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation (PBGC) is now in the hole by $23.3 billion, more than double what it was a year ago. This is the government agency that insures workers' pensions in case the companies they work for go bankrupt or cancel pension and medical plans which occurred recently with several major airlines.The agency has experienced losses of $12.1 billion over a 12-month period and is responsible for paying the pensions for more than one million people covered by pension plans that failed.

The recent revelation of hemorrhaging red ink at Fannie Mae, about $9 billion (Is anyone really counting?), is reminiscent of the Enron swindle which resulted in the company's $62 billion bankruptcy and the extortion of over $45 billion from the Western states of California, Nevada, Washington and Oregon.

Over $10 billion was extorted from California through Bush/Cheney and chief henchman at the Federal Regulatory Energy Commission Chairman (FERC), Pat Wood, who encouraged price-gouging and energy profiteering by declaring that the market forces "worked as they were intended to." But the recent Fannie Mae disclosure of an accounting "irregularity" of $9 billion may well be only the tip of the iceberg. Fannie Mae finances one out of every five homes sold in the United States.

The cascading red ink created solely by the Bush administration and their Republican cohorts in the US Congress apparently did little to faze the "moral values" voters' support, many of whom reside in some of the most economically destitute states in the Bible Belt South where low wages and low standard of living conditions are the status quo. According to political pollsters this area of the country cost John Kerry about 140 electoral votes the minute he accepted the Democrat Party's nomination.

Republicans have been quick to introduce legislation providing cover and immunity for their House Leader, Tom DeLay, indisputably the most divisive, thieving, corrupt and combative legislator in the history of the United States. According to the Washington Post in an article released today, "House Republicans were contemplating changing their rules in order to allow members indicted by state prosecutors to remain in a leadership post, a move designed to benefit Majority Leader Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) in case he is charged by a Texas grand jury that has indicted three of his political associates, GOP leaders said today."

The "moral values" voters who supported this syndicate of thieves and liars must bear the burden for the fiscal irresponsibility of the Bush administration for the next four years. By allowing themselves to be duped into believing the Bush false claims that Iraq possessed WMD and had ties to al Qaeda they will be called to account when terrorists attack and murder American citizens on our own soil, for the mounting deaths of thousands of innocent Iraqi men, women and children and the increasing senseless casualties of U. S. military fighting in Iraq which number nearly 1,200 and over 8,000 wounded to date.

The mainstream media have written that the reason G. W. Bush won the election was because "moral values" trumped all other issues. Whether based on religious devoutness or just plain ignorance the fact remains that these fanatics have won the day. They claim to still hold their markers for which they vow to call in as payment for their loyalty to the Republican Party, holding them above national interests and homeland security. Those markers will cost all Americans more than money and jobs; they will cost all of us our civil liberties and freedoms if they have their way.

Busting our economy, cutting taxes for the wealthiest 5% of the population, waging War Forever, discarding once-friendly allies and international treaties by snubbing their noses at the world have not slaked the bloodlust and avarice of the pious," moral values" acolytes whose destructive powers now are aimed at the very heart of our US Constitution.

Poet E. E. Cummings wrote:

[i]pity this busy monster,manunkind, not.
Progress is a comfortable disease:
your victim (death and life safely beyond)
plays with the bigness of his littleness [/i]

These small-minded people whose arrogant, hostile ideology spouts tolerance-for-none, my way or the highway totalitarianism are on a war path whose goal is a return to a mythical Mayberry world which exists only in the narrow confines of the most ignorant. Perhaps there are principled statesmen in the Republican Party who have a more ecumenical definition of "moral values" but if there are any, they have yet to step forward. - http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

 
Ignorance, Superstition & Bigotry; NOT "Moral" Values, Won the Day!
11.19.04 (5:12 am)   [edit]
Twenty percent inflation? Well, maybe not that high but the recent announcement that the Producer Price Index (PPI) reached 1.7 percent in October would calculate to over 20 percent annually if this rate continued. A contributing factor in the jump in the PPI is the volatile oil market which saw oil exceed $55 per barrel just a few weeks ago. But consumers so far have shrugged off the higher resulting gasoline prices at the pump, continuing to purchase inefficient, gas-guzzling SUVs, though at a slower pace. The single largest jump in the PPI since 1990, however, doesn't augur well for the average working American as inflation, higher home loan interest rates, especially on adjusted mortgages and credit card balances, will result in escalating consumer debt and bankruptcies.

But with G. W. Bush's "moral values" vote which handed him his November 2 victory, the message is clear: "Stay the course." And staying the course means that his politics of division worked well for four years so there is no reason to change direction. More tax breaks for the wealthiest 5% of the population will sail through the compliant, rubber stamp Republican-controlled US Congress, virtually guaranteeing record budget deficits and exploding national debt.

The Bush catastrophic monetary policies led to nearly a $500 billion budget deficit in fiscal year 2004, which added on to the leviathan national debt of $7.4 trillion, will soon impact all our citizens when he goes to the US Congress to demand an additional $690 billion to fund his exorbitant and massive spending plans through 2005. The "moral values"party must now face this harsh reality and prepare our country for draconian cuts in services and programs which have benefited our citizens for decades.

Staying the course also means losing more good paying factory and industrial jobs to foreign competition. Bush's November 2 victory not only is a vindication for the "moral values" electorate who approved of his policies but it has become his mandate for continuing to add to the 35.9 million people now living below the poverty line. Bush added 4.3 million to this number during his first four years and if the pace of layoffs and outsourcing of jobs translate into fiscal and economic "success" then we can expect that number to grow even higher. Included in the 35.9 million living below the poverty line are children who make up 11% of the total while the number of children receiving welfare declined by 10% during the same period. Adding to his "moral values" mandate are the 5.2 million more Americans without health insurance which totalled 45 million people at the end of 2003 according to the Census Bureau.

While Bush touts his privatization plans for Social Security the DotCom bubble burst in the late 90's showed how easy it is for the Ponzi Scheme boys on Wall Street to drain money from workers' pension contributions. While Bush is selling the lie that those who contribute from 2 percent to 6.2 percent can manage their own accounts, nothing is further from the truth. Once the money goes into the private account it becomes untouchable until that person is eligible to retire. In the meantime, the stock brokers will have unchecked access to this "free" money to do with whatever they wish.

The cost of setting up the government's transition to take money from Social Security and invest it in the stock market is estimated to cost a minimum of one trillion taxpayer dollars. So, when the retiree goes to collect his money twenty years from now he/she may find their account nearly penniless. But,the slick-talking corporate CEO thieves who manipulated and churned these retirement accounts can always come back with, "Didn't you read your Prospectus? It says there's no guarantee of profits or gains from your investments. So long sucker!."

The Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation (PBGC) is now in the hole by $23.3 billion, more than double what it was a year ago. This is the government agency that insures workers' pensions in case the companies they work for go bankrupt or cancel pension and medical plans which occurred recently with several major airlines.The agency has experienced losses of $12.1 billion over a 12-month period and is responsible for paying the pensions for more than one million people covered by pension plans that failed.

The recent revelation of hemorrhaging red ink at Fannie Mae, about $9 billion (Is anyone really counting?), is reminiscent of the Enron swindle which resulted in the company's $62 billion bankruptcy and the extortion of over $45 billion from the Western states of California, Nevada, Washington and Oregon.

Over $10 billion was extorted from California through Bush/Cheney and chief henchman at the Federal Regulatory Energy Commission Chairman (FERC), Pat Wood, who encouraged price-gouging and energy profiteering by declaring that the market forces "worked as they were intended to." But the recent Fannie Mae disclosure of an accounting "irregularity" of $9 billion may well be only the tip of the iceberg. Fannie Mae finances one out of every five homes sold in the United States.

The cascading red ink created solely by the Bush administration and their Republican cohorts in the US Congress apparently did little to faze the "moral values" voters' support, many of whom reside in some of the most economically destitute states in the Bible Belt South where low wages and low standard of living conditions are the status quo. According to political pollsters this area of the country cost John Kerry about 140 electoral votes the minute he accepted the Democrat Party's nomination.

Republicans have been quick to introduce legislation providing cover and immunity for their House Leader, Tom DeLay, indisputably the most divisive, thieving, corrupt and combative legislator in the history of the United States. According to the Washington Post in an article released today, "House Republicans were contemplating changing their rules in order to allow members indicted by state prosecutors to remain in a leadership post, a move designed to benefit Majority Leader Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) in case he is charged by a Texas grand jury that has indicted three of his political associates, GOP leaders said today."

The "moral values" voters who supported this syndicate of thieves and liars must bear the burden for the fiscal irresponsibility of the Bush administration for the next four years. By allowing themselves to be duped into believing the Bush false claims that Iraq possessed WMD and had ties to al Qaeda they will be called to account when terrorists attack and murder American citizens on our own soil, for the mounting deaths of thousands of innocent Iraqi men, women and children and the increasing senseless casualties of U. S. military fighting in Iraq which number nearly 1,200 and over 8,000 wounded to date.

The mainstream media have written that the reason G. W. Bush won the election was because "moral values" trumped all other issues. Whether based on religious devoutness or just plain ignorance the fact remains that these fanatics have won the day. They claim to still hold their markers for which they vow to call in as payment for their loyalty to the Republican Party, holding them above national interests and homeland security. Those markers will cost all Americans more than money and jobs; they will cost all of us our civil liberties and freedoms if they have their way.

Busting our economy, cutting taxes for the wealthiest 5% of the population, waging War Forever, discarding once-friendly allies and international treaties by snubbing their noses at the world have not slaked the bloodlust and avarice of the pious," moral values" acolytes whose destructive powers now are aimed at the very heart of our US Constitution.

Poet E. E. Cummings wrote:

[i]pity this busy monster,manunkind, not.
Progress is a comfortable disease:
your victim (death and life safely beyond)
plays with the bigness of his littleness [/i]

These small-minded people whose arrogant, hostile ideology spouts tolerance-for-none, my way or the highway totalitarianism are on a war path whose goal is a return to a mythical Mayberry world which exists only in the narrow confines of the most ignorant. Perhaps there are principled statesmen in the Republican Party who have a more ecumenical definition of "moral values" but if there are any, they have yet to step forward. - http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

 
Useful Idiot Bush's Phony-Baloney Echo Chamber (The Empty Suit) ...
11.19.04 (5:08 am)   [edit]
Colin Powell, who urged the president to think more deeply about the consequences of invading Iraq, is being shoved toward the exit. And Condoleezza Rice, who blithely told America, "We don't want the smoking gun to be a mushroom cloud," is being ushered in to take his place.

Competence has never been highly regarded by the fantasists of the George W. Bush administration. In the Bush circle, no less than in your average youth gang, loyalty is everything. The big difference, of course, is that the administration is far more dangerous than any gang. History will show that the Bush crowd of incompetents brought tremendous amounts of suffering to enormous numbers of people. The amount of blood being shed is sickening, and there is no end to the grief in sight.

Ironically, Ms. Rice was supposed to be the epitome of competence. She was the charming former provost of Stanford University, an expert on Soviet and East European affairs who was also an accomplished pianist, ice skater and tennis player, and the presidential candidate George W. Bush's tutor on foreign policy.

She was superwoman. They didn't come more accomplished.

She and Mr. Bush developed a remarkable bond, and he made her his national security adviser. Which was a problem. Because all the evidence shows she wasn't very good at the job.

Ms. Rice's domain was the filter through which an awful lot of mangled and misshapen intelligence made its way to the president and the American people. She either believed the nonsense she was spouting about mushroom clouds, or she deliberately misled her president and the nation on matters that would eventually lead to the deaths of thousands.

Secretary Powell's close friend and deputy at the State Department, Richard Armitage, viewed Ms. Rice's operation with contempt. In his book "Plan of Attack," Bob Woodward said Mr. Armitage "believed that the foreign-policy-making system that was supposed to be coordinated by Rice was essentially dysfunctional."

In October 2003, the president, frustrated by setbacks in Iraq, put Ms. Rice in charge of his Iraq Stabilization Group, which gave her the responsibility for overseeing the effort to quell the violence and begin the reconstruction in Iraq.

We see from recent headlines how well that has worked out.

A crucial mentor for Ms. Rice was Brent Scowcroft, the national security adviser for the first President Bush. He appointed her to the National Security Council in 1989. Ms. Rice and the nation would have benefited if she had sought out and followed Mr. Scowcroft's counsel on Iraq.

Mr. Scowcroft's view, widely expressed before the war, was that the U.S. should exercise extreme caution. He did not believe the planned invasion was wise or necessary. In an article in The Wall Street Journal in August 2002, he wrote:

"There is scant evidence to tie Saddam to terrorist organizations, and even less to the Sept. 11 attacks. Indeed Saddam's goals have little in common with the terrorists who threaten us, and there is little incentive for him to make common cause with them."

Ms. Rice exhibited as little interest in Mr. Scowcroft's opinion as George W. Bush did in his father's. (When Bob Woodward asked Mr. Bush if he had consulted with the former president about the decision to invade Iraq, he replied, "There is a higher father that I appeal to.")

As I watch the disastrous consequences of the Bush policies unfold - not just in Iraq, but here at home as well - I am struck by the immaturity of this administration, whatever the ages of the officials involved. It's as if the children have taken over and sent the adults packing. The counsel of wiser heads, like George H. W. Bush, or Brent Scowcroft, or Colin Powell, is not needed and not wanted.

Some of the world's most important decisions - often, decisions of life and death - have been left to those who are less competent and less experienced, to men and women who are deficient in such qualities as risk perception and comprehension of future consequences, who are reckless and dangerously susceptible to magical thinking and the ideological pressure of their peers.

I look at the catastrophe in Iraq, the fiscal debacle here at home, the extent to which loyalty trumps competence at the highest levels of government, the absence of a coherent vision of the future for the U.S. and the world, and I wonder, with a sense of deep sadness, where the adults have gone. - http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...

 
Useful Idiot Bush's Phony-Baloney Echo Chamber (The Empty Suit) ...
11.19.04 (5:08 am)   [edit]
Colin Powell, who urged the president to think more deeply about the consequences of invading Iraq, is being shoved toward the exit. And Condoleezza Rice, who blithely told America, "We don't want the smoking gun to be a mushroom cloud," is being ushered in to take his place.

Competence has never been highly regarded by the fantasists of the George W. Bush administration. In the Bush circle, no less than in your average youth gang, loyalty is everything. The big difference, of course, is that the administration is far more dangerous than any gang. History will show that the Bush crowd of incompetents brought tremendous amounts of suffering to enormous numbers of people. The amount of blood being shed is sickening, and there is no end to the grief in sight.

Ironically, Ms. Rice was supposed to be the epitome of competence. She was the charming former provost of Stanford University, an expert on Soviet and East European affairs who was also an accomplished pianist, ice skater and tennis player, and the presidential candidate George W. Bush's tutor on foreign policy.

She was superwoman. They didn't come more accomplished.

She and Mr. Bush developed a remarkable bond, and he made her his national security adviser. Which was a problem. Because all the evidence shows she wasn't very good at the job.

Ms. Rice's domain was the filter through which an awful lot of mangled and misshapen intelligence made its way to the president and the American people. She either believed the nonsense she was spouting about mushroom clouds, or she deliberately misled her president and the nation on matters that would eventually lead to the deaths of thousands.

Secretary Powell's close friend and deputy at the State Department, Richard Armitage, viewed Ms. Rice's operation with contempt. In his book "Plan of Attack," Bob Woodward said Mr. Armitage "believed that the foreign-policy-making system that was supposed to be coordinated by Rice was essentially dysfunctional."

In October 2003, the president, frustrated by setbacks in Iraq, put Ms. Rice in charge of his Iraq Stabilization Group, which gave her the responsibility for overseeing the effort to quell the violence and begin the reconstruction in Iraq.

We see from recent headlines how well that has worked out.

A crucial mentor for Ms. Rice was Brent Scowcroft, the national security adviser for the first President Bush. He appointed her to the National Security Council in 1989. Ms. Rice and the nation would have benefited if she had sought out and followed Mr. Scowcroft's counsel on Iraq.

Mr. Scowcroft's view, widely expressed before the war, was that the U.S. should exercise extreme caution. He did not believe the planned invasion was wise or necessary. In an article in The Wall Street Journal in August 2002, he wrote:

"There is scant evidence to tie Saddam to terrorist organizations, and even less to the Sept. 11 attacks. Indeed Saddam's goals have little in common with the terrorists who threaten us, and there is little incentive for him to make common cause with them."

Ms. Rice exhibited as little interest in Mr. Scowcroft's opinion as George W. Bush did in his father's. (When Bob Woodward asked Mr. Bush if he had consulted with the former president about the decision to invade Iraq, he replied, "There is a higher father that I appeal to.")

As I watch the disastrous consequences of the Bush policies unfold - not just in Iraq, but here at home as well - I am struck by the immaturity of this administration, whatever the ages of the officials involved. It's as if the children have taken over and sent the adults packing. The counsel of wiser heads, like George H. W. Bush, or Brent Scowcroft, or Colin Powell, is not needed and not wanted.

Some of the world's most important decisions - often, decisions of life and death - have been left to those who are less competent and less experienced, to men and women who are deficient in such qualities as risk perception and comprehension of future consequences, who are reckless and dangerously susceptible to magical thinking and the ideological pressure of their peers.

I look at the catastrophe in Iraq, the fiscal debacle here at home, the extent to which loyalty trumps competence at the highest levels of government, the absence of a coherent vision of the future for the U.S. and the world, and I wonder, with a sense of deep sadness, where the adults have gone. - http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...

 
Does Bush Now Really Have "Political Capital" to Spend?
11.19.04 (5:03 am)   [edit]
[i][b]A Look at the Historical Record Suggests the Answer Is No[/b][/i]

At his first post-reelection news conference, President Bush remarked, "I earned capital in the campaign, political capital, and now I intend to spend it."

Political capital is a vague concept. Yet no one can doubt the gist of the President's meaning. Clearly, he believes he can now get his way politically in Washington. When "capital" is used in the political context, it means an advantage, or an accumulations of favors, or influence, that will give its holder political sway.

Bush's 2004 victory, however, has given him only a slight bit of additional political capital. Rhetoric notwithstanding, he is not, politically speaking, a wealthy man. In truth, he was politically bankrupt after 2000, and he is not all that much stronger today.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...


 
Does Bush Now Really Have "Political Capital" to Spend?
11.19.04 (5:03 am)   [edit]
[i][b]A Look at the Historical Record Suggests the Answer Is No[/b][/i]

At his first post-reelection news conference, President Bush remarked, "I earned capital in the campaign, political capital, and now I intend to spend it."

Political capital is a vague concept. Yet no one can doubt the gist of the President's meaning. Clearly, he believes he can now get his way politically in Washington. When "capital" is used in the political context, it means an advantage, or an accumulations of favors, or influence, that will give its holder political sway.

Bush's 2004 victory, however, has given him only a slight bit of additional political capital. Rhetoric notwithstanding, he is not, politically speaking, a wealthy man. In truth, he was politically bankrupt after 2000, and he is not all that much stronger today.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...


 
IMPEACH BUSH: Iraq War Topping $5.8 Billion A Month (But, Not for the Rich!)
11.19.04 (4:56 am)   [edit]
[b]The Bush Crime Family and the rich in America have been giving themselves massive tax cuts over the last 4 years! They are making a killing from the war in Iraq. The rest of us are bearing the brunt of the cost in lives and treasure of the illegal and immoral war in Iraq!

[u]Iraq War Topping $5.8 Billion A Month[/u][/b]

WASHINGTON - The Pentagon is spending more than $5.8 billion a month on the war in Iraq, http://www.military.com/Conte... according to the military's top generals.

That is nearly a 50 percent increase above the $4 billion-a-month benchmark the Pentagon has used to estimate the cost of the war so far.

The Army http://www.military.com/Commu...,14700,ARMY,00.html alone is spending $4.7 million a month while the Air Force http://www.military.com/Commu...,14700,AIRFRC,00.html is spending $800 million a month transporting soldiers and flying combat missions. The Marine Corps http://www.military.com/Commu...,14700,MARINE,00.html is spending $300 million a month, the four service chiefs told the House Armed Services Committee Wednesday.

Since 2003, the Pentagon has received some $160 billion for the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in supplemental funding -- that is, in addition to its annual budget. It will be requesting another multibillion-dollar supplement early next year to cover the continuing cost of the war. - http://www.military.com/NewsC...,13319,FL_cost_111804,00.html?ESRC=eb.nl

[b]Don't forget that hundreds of billions of your taxpayer dollars are funnelled via the Army, Air Force and Marines (not for armor for our U.S. Soldiers), but to enrich Halliburton, Bechtel, Carlyle Group, Unocal and the Military Industrial Complex's fat cats![/b]
 
IMPEACH BUSH: Iraq War Topping $5.8 Billion A Month (But, Not for the Rich!)
11.19.04 (4:53 am)   [edit]
[b]The Bush Crime Family and the rich in America have been giving themselves massive tax cuts over the last 4 years! They are making a killing from the war in Iraq. The rest of us are bearing the brunt of the cost in lives and treasure of the illegal and immoral war in Iraq!

[u]Iraq War Topping $5.8 Billion A Month[/u][/b]

WASHINGTON - The Pentagon is spending more than $5.8 billion a month on the war in Iraq, http://www.military.com/Conte... according to the military's top generals.

That is nearly a 50 percent increase above the $4 billion-a-month benchmark the Pentagon has used to estimate the cost of the war so far.

The Army http://www.military.com/Commu...,14700,ARMY,00.html alone is spending $4.7 million a month while the Air Force http://www.military.com/Commu...,14700,AIRFRC,00.html is spending $800 million a month transporting soldiers and flying combat missions. The Marine Corps http://www.military.com/Commu...,14700,MARINE,00.html is spending $300 million a month, the four service chiefs told the House Armed Services Committee Wednesday.

Since 2003, the Pentagon has received some $160 billion for the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in supplemental funding -- that is, in addition to its annual budget. It will be requesting another multibillion-dollar supplement early next year to cover the continuing cost of the war. - http://www.military.com/NewsC...,13319,FL_cost_111804,00.html?ESRC=eb.nl

[b]Don't forget that hundreds of billions of your taxpayer dollars are funnelled via the Army, Air Force and Marines (not for armor for our U.S. Soldiers), but to enrich Halliburton, Bechtel, Carlyle Group, Unocal and the Military Industrial Complex's fat cats![/b]
 
The GOP Repugs' War on Morality ...
11.17.04 (4:13 pm)   [edit]
[b]House GOP Changes Rules to Protect "Cockroach Exteriminator" & Racist Pig Tommy-boy DeLay [/b]

WASHINGTON - House Republicans demonstrated their loyalty to Majority Leader Tom DeLay on Wednesday, changing a party rule that would have cost him his leadership post if he were indicted by a Texas grand jury that has charged three of his associates.

DeLay watched from the back of the room but did not speak as GOP lawmakers struggled in closed session before ending a requirement that leaders indicted on felony charges relinquish their positions. Republicans will now decide a House leader's fate in a case-by-case review.

The change received overwhelming but not unanimous approval in a voice vote that showed Republicans' eagerness to protect the leader who raised countless campaign dollars for them. He also engineered a redistricting plan in Texas that caused five Democratic losses through retirement or election defeats.

The dilemma was to shield DeLay in a case that he views as political, while not giving blanket protection to any leader indicted for a crime that clearly has no political overtones. During the closed debate that spanned four hours, with breaks, someone even questioned whether a leader charged with murder could retain his or her post, according to a House aide who was present. Such questions would be handled in the case-by-case review.

There is no indication DeLay will be indicted by the Austin grand jury in a probe led by a Democratic prosecutor, Ronnie Earle. In September, grand jurors indicted the three DeLay associates and eight corporations in an investigation of alleged illegal corporate contributions to a political action committee associated with DeLay, R-Texas.

"I did not instigate this," DeLay told reporters after the meeting. "It was not leader led. This came from the members themselves."

DeLay said the impetus for the change was a desire to prevent a Democratic district attorney from deciding whether House Republican leaders could keep their jobs. He accused Earle of "trying to criminalize politics and using the criminal code to insert himself into politics."

Earle said the Republican rules change would have no effect on his investigation, and added, "It should be alarming to the public to see their leaders substitute their judgment for that of the law enforcement process."

The prime mover for the change was Rep. Henry Bonilla (news, bio, voting record), R-Texas, who won with less than 52 percent of the vote two years ago and 69 percent this year after his district boundaries were changed in a DeLay-engineered Texas redistricting plan. He cited previous Texas cases he viewed as political — all investigated by Earle, the prosecutor in the current campaign finance probe. In one of those cases, charges against Sen. Kay Bailey Hutchison (news, bio, voting record) — then a Texas official — were abruptly dropped 10 years ago.

"This takes the power away from any partisan crackpot district attorney who may want to indict" party leaders and make a name for himself, Bonilla said.

House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., denounced the Republicans' move.

"Republicans have reached a new low," Pelosi said in a statement. "It is absolutely mind-boggling that as their first order of business following the elections, House Republicans have lowered the ethical standards for their leaders."

Some GOP lawmakers also opposed the change.

"It sends all the wrong signals for us to change the current rules," said Rep. Zach Wamp (news, bio, voting record) of Tennessee. He said he requested a recorded, secret ballot but the suggestion was voted down.

A fellow Republican opponent, Rep. Christopher Shays (news, bio, voting record) of Connecticut, estimated 30 to 50 members voted against it. More than 200 Republicans were eligible to vote.

Shays told reporters it violates the spirit of the Congressional Accountability Act — a GOP-inspired law that forces Congress to follow federal laws that apply to the private sector.

While the law does not cover relinquishing a position of responsibility in case of a felony indictment, Shays said someone in an important, private leadership position would likely have to step aside in a similar circumstance.

Recalling that elimination of favoritism for lawmakers was an issue that helped Republicans capture control of the House a decade ago, Shays said, "There are too many new members who don't remember how we got here."

The GOP next year will have at least 231 members in the 435-member House, with three races undecided.

The modified rule the Republicans approved would give the 28-member House Republican Steering Committee 30 days to review the case of an indicted leader or committee chairman.

A recommendation would be sent to a conference of all Republicans for a final decision.

The indicted member would retain his or her leadership role during the review. A member who is later convicted would automatically be removed from a leadership post or committee chairmanship.

House Democrats have a rule requiring committee leaders to step aside in case of a felony indictment, but it does not apply to top party leaders. Pelosi said the rule will be expanded to include the top leadership. - http://news.yahoo.com/news?tm...


 
Ohio Hearings Show Massive GOP Vote Manipulation (Is This Moral?)
11.17.04 (4:08 pm)   [edit]
[b]Ohio hearings show massive GOP vote manipulation, but where the hell are the Democrats & John Kerry?

November 17, 2004

Columbus, Ohio[/b]---Hour after hour the testimonies are the same: angry Ohioans telling of vicious Republican manipulation and de facto intimidation that disenfranchised tens of thousands and probably cost the Democrats the election.

At an African-American church on Saturday and then at the Franklin County Courthouse Monday night, more than 700 people came to testify and witness to tales of the atrocity that was the November 2 election.

Organized by local ad hoc groups, the hearings had a court reporter and a team of lawyers along with other appointed witnesses. At freepress.org we will be making the testimonies available as they're transcribed and organized, and we will present a fuller accounting of the hearings, along with a book that includes the transcripts.

But one thing was instantly and abundantly clear: the Republican Party turned Ohio 2004 into an updated version of the Jim Crow South.

The principle overt method of vote suppression was to short-change inner city precincts of sufficient voting machines to allow a timely balloting. In precinct after precinct, virtually all of them predominantly black, poor, young and Democratic, the lines stretched for two, five, eight, even eleven hours. The elderly and infirm were forced to stand in the rain while city officials threatened to tow their cars. No chairs or shelter were provided. Crucial signage was mysteriously missing. Thousands came to vote, saw the long lines and left.

How many thousands? Enough to turn the election? Almost definitely.

None of this was accidental. This was a well-planned GOP attack on the right to vote, and on Democratic candidacies. Republican Secretary of State Kenneth Blackwell was also co-chair of the Ohio campaign for Bush. A right-wing Republican was in charge of the Franklin County Board of Elections.

They all said the election went "smoothly." By their standards they were right. At least 68 voting machines sat in a warehouse while precinct managers called desperately for help. Republican precinct judges and challengers harassed would-be voters. The names of long-time activists mysteriously disappeared from registration lists. The arsenal of dirty tricks was virtually endless.

With it the Bush/Rove team deprived countless Ohioans of their right to vote just as surely as if they'd levied a poll tax or invoked the grandfather clause.

In the coming days we'll issue a more complete accounting of these devastating hearings. No one who cares about democracy and fears the consequences of its destruction could come away from them without being both infuriated and terrified.

But one thing also stood out---the complete lack of Democratic support for these hearings or for the larger vote count movement. Nationally, it all stands in the shadow of the complete disappearance of John Kerry, on whose nominal behalf this was done.

A successful grassroots effort involving the Green and Libertarian Parties, among others, has raised---in just four days---some $150,000 to force a recount of the Ohio vote. (Ralph Nader has forced a similar recount in New Hampshire). But where were the countless millions raised by the Democratic Party and Kerry campaign by trusting American citizens who expected them to fight for democracy?

Right up to election day Kerry repeated his solemn vow to, in light of what happened in Florida 2000, guarantee everyone's right to vote. But now that another highly dubious election has occurred, where the hell is he?

Rumors are circulating that he is biding his time, waiting for the right time to jump in. Or that the Democrats themselves have something to hide. Or that there's a magic bullet just waiting to be fired.

Similar rumors spread about Al Gore four years ago. We're still waiting for that fateful shot.

This election was not about apathy. Tens of thousands of smart, eager, fiercely dedicated volunteers came out this year, desperate to rid this nation of the curse of George W. Bush.

An escalating avalanche of evidence indicates a true vote count would have thrown Bush out of the White House.

But once again, the Democrats have dissed the grassroots. Once again, a candidate who promised democracy has disappeared with barely a whimper in the face of those who would destroy it. His silence has allowed an orgy of media bloviation in homage to a bigoted, war-crazed America that, if it won at all, took this election not by national consensus, but by the Rovian staples of dirty tricks and voter suppression.

The upcoming Ohio recount is fraught with danger. The Republicans battled successfully to prevent the state's voting machines from including paper trails that can be reasonably recounted. These "black boxes" will require extreme sophistication to be properly evaluated. Unless intensely supervised down to the last detail, the Republicans who control these machines will turn this recount into a "proof" that the election "went smoothly."

So a true recount will require serious additional financial resources and a very aggressive, well-organized team. So far we hear not a peep from the mainstream Democrats. So far, they seem utterly deaf to the cries of fury and despair from those who were so wrongly deprived of their right to vote.

Democracy itself was lynched in Ohio on November 2, by both high and low tech means. Our freedoms may be the ultimate victim. But where is the Democratic Party? - http://www.freepress.org/colu...

-------------------------

HARVEY WASSERMAN'S HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES is available through www.harveywasserman.com. He is senior editor of www.freepress.org.
 
Why We Fight? ...
11.17.04 (7:15 am)   [edit]
[i]Military commanders point to several accomplishments in Falluja...

The offensive...shut down what officers said was a propaganda weapon for the militants: Falluja General Hospital, with its stream of reports of civilian casualties[/i].

-- With Capture of Falluja, a Goal Is Met. What's Next? Eric Schmitt, New York Times, November 15, 2004

With the grave and gathering threat of images of torn bodies of women, children, and the old removed, the world is made safe for blinkered, embed wartime reporting glorifying the ruthless heroism of our troopers in Iraq.

Here's a quick rundown of what the Fallujah campaign is and is not.

It's not liberation.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

Also read [b]800 Civilians Feared Dead in Fallujah [/b] http://www.antiwar.com/jamail...

[b]IMPEACH WAR CRIMINALS: BUSH, CHENEY, RICE, RUMSFELD AND THE REST OF THE TRAITOROUS NEO-CON ARM-CHAIR CHICKEN-HAWKS WHO HAVE BETRAYED OUR NATION AND ARE GUILTY OF CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY![/b]

 
Why We Fight? ...
11.17.04 (7:11 am)   [edit]
[i]Military commanders point to several accomplishments in Falluja...

The offensive...shut down what officers said was a propaganda weapon for the militants: Falluja General Hospital, with its stream of reports of civilian casualties[/i].

-- With Capture of Falluja, a Goal Is Met. What's Next? Eric Schmitt, New York Times, November 15, 2004

With the grave and gathering threat of images of torn bodies of women, children, and the old removed, the world is made safe for blinkered, embed wartime reporting glorifying the ruthless heroism of our troopers in Iraq.

Here's a quick rundown of what the Fallujah campaign is and is not.

It's not liberation.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

Also read [b]800 Civilians Feared Dead in Fallujah [/b] http://www.antiwar.com/jamail...

[b]IMPEACH WAR CRIMINALS: BUSH, CHENEY, RICE, RUMSFELD AND THE REST OF THE TRAITOROUS NEO-CON ARM-CHAIR CHICKEN-HAWKS WHO HAVE BETRAYED OUR NATION AND ARE GUILTY OF CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY![/b]

 
Why We Fight? ...
11.17.04 (7:11 am)   [edit]
[i]Military commanders point to several accomplishments in Falluja...

The offensive...shut down what officers said was a propaganda weapon for the militants: Falluja General Hospital, with its stream of reports of civilian casualties[/i].

-- With Capture of Falluja, a Goal Is Met. What's Next? Eric Schmitt, New York Times, November 15, 2004

With the grave and gathering threat of images of torn bodies of women, children, and the old removed, the world is made safe for blinkered, embed wartime reporting glorifying the ruthless heroism of our troopers in Iraq.

Here's a quick rundown of what the Fallujah campaign is and is not.

It's not liberation.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

Also read [b]800 Civilians Feared Dead in Fallujah [/b] http://www.antiwar.com/jamail...

[b]IMPEACH WAR CRIMINALS: BUSH, CHENEY, RICE, RUMSFELD AND THE REST OF THE TRAITOROUS NEO-CON ARM-CHAIR CHICKEN-HAWKS WHO HAVE BETRAYED OUR NATION AND ARE GUILTY OF CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY![/b]

 
Why We Fight? ...
11.17.04 (7:10 am)   [edit]
[i]Military commanders point to several accomplishments in Falluja...

The offensive...shut down what officers said was a propaganda weapon for the militants: Falluja General Hospital, with its stream of reports of civilian casualties[/i].

-- With Capture of Falluja, a Goal Is Met. What's Next? Eric Schmitt, New York Times, November 15, 2004

With the grave and gathering threat of images of torn bodies of women, children, and the old removed, the world is made safe for blinkered, embed wartime reporting glorifying the ruthless heroism of our troopers in Iraq.

Here's a quick rundown of what the Fallujah campaign is and is not.

It's not liberation.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

Also read [b]800 Civilians Feared Dead in Fallujah [/b] http://www.antiwar.com/jamail...

[b]IMPEACH WAR CRIMINALS: BUSH, CHENEY, RICE, RUMSFELD AND THE REST OF THE TRAITOROUS NEO-CON ARM-CHAIR CHICKEN-HAWKS WHO HAVE BETRAYED OUR NATION AND ARE GUILTY OF CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY![/b]

 
Seven Retired Military Leaders Agree: DimWit Fucker Bushy-boy Fucked-Up Iraq!
11.17.04 (7:04 am)   [edit]
[b]The Generals Speak

Seven retired military leaders discuss what has gone wrong in Iraq [/b]

The nineteen months since the war in Iraq began, some of the most outspoken critics of President Bush's plan of attack have come from a group that should have been the most supportive: retired senior military leaders. We spoke with a group of generals and admirals that included a former supreme Allied commander and a former chairman of the Joint Chiefs, and they all agreed on one thing: [b]Bush screwed up.[/b]

[b]Gen. Merrill "Tony" McPeak[/b]
[i]Air Force chief of staff, 1990-94[/i]

We have a force in Iraq that's much too small to stabilize the situation. It's about half the size, or maybe even a third, of what we need. As a consequence, the insurgency seems to be gathering momentum. We are losing people at a fairly steady rate of about two a day; wounded, about four or five times that, and perhaps half of these wounds are very serious. And we are also sustaining gunshot wounds, when, before, we'd mostly been seeing massive trauma from remotely detonated charges. This means the other side is standing and fighting in a way that describes a more dangerous phase of the conflict.

The people in control in the Pentagon and the White House live in a fantasy world. They actually thought everyone would just line up and vote for a new democracy and you would have a sort of Denmark with oil. I blame Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and the people behind him -- Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz and Undersecretary Douglas Feith. The vice president himself should probably be included; certainly his wife. These so-called neocons: These people have no real experience in life. They are utopian thinkers, idealists, very smart, and they have the courage of their convictions, so it makes them doubly dangerous.

The parallels between Iraq and Vietnam have been overblown, because we were in Vietnam for a decade and it cost us 58,000 troops. We've been in Iraq for nineteen months and we're still under 1,200 killed. But there is one sense in which the parallel with Vietnam is valid. The American people were told that to win the Cold War we had to win Vietnam. But we now know that Vietnam was not only a diversion from winning the Cold War but probably delayed our winning it and made it cost more to win. Iraq is a diversion to the war on terror in exactly the same way Vietnam was a diversion to the Cold War.

[b]Adm. Stansfield Turner[/b]
[i]NATO Allied commander for Southern Europe, 1975-77; CIA director, 1977-81[/i]

I think we are in a real mess. There are eighty-seven attacks on Americans every day, and our people in Baghdad can't even leave the International Zone without being heavily armored. I think we are in trouble because we were so slow in terms of reconstruction and reconstituting the military and police forces. We have lost the support of the Iraqi people who were glad to see Saddam go. But they are not glad to see an outside force come in and replace him without demonstrating we are going to provide them with security and rebuild their economy. I am very frustrated. Having a convincing rationale for going in gives our troops a sense of purpose. Whatever you call it, this is now an insurgency using the techniques of terrorism. With the borders poorly guarded, the terrorists come in. All in all, Iraq is a failure of monumental proportions.

[b]Lt. Gen. William Odom[/b]
[i]Director of the National Security Agency, 1985-88[/i]

It's a huge strategic disaster, and it will only get worse. The sooner we leave, the less the damage. In the months since the invasion, the U.S. forces have become involved in trying to repress a number of insurgency movements. This is the way we were fighting in Vietnam, and if we keep on fighting this way, this one is going to go on a long time too. The idea of creating a constitutional state in a short amount of time is a joke. It will take ten to fifteen years, and that is if we want to kill ten percent of the population.

[b]Gen. Anthony Zinni[/b]
[i]Commander in chief of the United States Central Command, 1997-2000[/i]

The first phase of the war in Iraq, the conventional phase, the major combat phase, was brilliantly done. Tommy Franks' approach to methodically move up and attack quickly probably saved a great humanitarian disaster. But the military was unprepared for the aftermath. Rumsfeld and others thought we would be greeted with roses and flowers.

When I was commander of CENTCOM, we had a plan for an invasion of Iraq, and it had specific numbers in it. We wanted to go in there with 350,000 to 380,000 troops. You didn't need that many people to defeat the Republican Guard, but you needed them for the aftermath. We knew that we would find ourselves in a situation where we had completely uprooted an authoritarian government and would need to freeze the situation: retain control, retain order, provide security, seal the borders to keep terrorists from coming in.

When I left in 2000, General Franks took over. Franks was my ground-component commander, so he was well aware of the plan. He had participated in it; those were the numbers he wanted. So what happened between him and Rumsfeld and why those numbers got altered, I don't know, because when we went in we used only 140,000 troops, even though General Eric Shinseki, the army commander, asked for the original number.

Did we have to do this? I saw the intelligence right up to the day of the war, and I did not see any imminent threat there. If anything, Saddam was coming apart. The sanctions were working. The containment was working. He had a hollow military, as we saw. If he had weapons of mass destruction, it was leftover stuff -- artillery shells and rocket rounds. He didn't have the delivery systems. We controlled the skies and seaports. We bombed him at will. All of this happened under U.N. authority. I mean, we had him by the throat. But the president was being convinced by the neocons that down the road we would regret not taking him out.

[b]Lt. Gen. Claudia Kennedy[/b]
[i]Army deputy chief of staff for intelligence, 1997-2000[/i]

From the beginning, i was asked which side I took, Shinseki's or Rumsfeld's. And I said Shinseki. I mean, Rumsfeld proudly announced that he had told General Franks to fight this war with different tactics in which they would bypass enemy strongholds and enemy resistance and keep on moving. But it was shocking to me that the secretary of defense would tell the Army how to fight. He doesn't know how to fight; he has no business telling them. It's completely within civilian authority to tell you where to fight, what our major objective is, but it is absolutely no one's business but uniformed military to tell you how to do the job. To me, it was astonishing that Rumsfeld would presume to tell four-star generals, in the Army thirty-five years, how to do their jobs.

Now here's another thing that Rumsfeld did. As he was being briefed on the war plan, he was cherry-picking the units to go. In other words, he didn't just approve the deployment list, he went down the list and skipped certain units that were at a higher degree of readiness to go and picked units that were lower on the list -- for reasons we don't know. But here's the impact: Recently, at an event, a mother told me how her son had been recruited and trained as a cook. Three weeks before he deployed to Iraq, he was told he was now a gunner. And they gave him training for three weeks, and then off he went.

Rumsfeld was profoundly in the dark. I think he really didn't understand what he was doing. He miscalculated the kind of war it was and he miscalculated the interpretation of U.S. behavior by the Iraqi people. They felt they had been invaded. They did not see this as a liberation.

As for the recent news about the 380 tons of explosives that disappeared, it's irrelevant when they disappeared. This was known by the International Atomic Energy Agency as a site to be watched. Here is the issue: Bush tried to turn this into a political matter instead of answering questions about why he didn't follow the warnings of the IAEA. It was another example of Bush being a cheerleader instead of a leader. Nothing in Iraq was guarded except for the oil fields, which tells you why we were there. There are any number of indications that with a larger troop strength we would have been able to deal with such sites. Here is my other concern: The IAEA gave us a list of sites to be watched, so there may have been other dumps that were looted. After all, you don't just put one item on a list.

So what do we do? I think it would be very irresponsible for us to simply pull out. It sounds like a very simple solution, but it would have some complexity and danger attached. Still, Iraq is a blood bath, and we need to be dealing with this in a much more sophisticated way than the cowboy named Bush.

[b]Gen. Wesley Clark[/b]
[i]NATO supreme Allied commander for Europe, 1997-2000[/i]

Troop strength was not the only problem. We got into this mess because the Bush administration decided what they really wanted to do was to invade Iraq, and then the only question was, for what reason? They developed two or three different reasons. It wasn't until the last minute that they came up and said, "Hey, by the way, we are going to create a wave of democracy across the Middle East." That was February of 2003, and by that time they hadn't planned anything. In October of 2003, Donald Rumsfeld wrote a memo asking questions that should have been asked in 2001: Do we have an overall strategy to win the war on terror? Do we have the right organization to win the war on terror? How are we going to know if we are not winning the war on terror? As it has turned out, the guys on the ground are doing what they are told to do. But let's ask this question: Have you seen an American strategic blunder this large? The answer is: not in fifty years. I can't imagine when the last one was. And it's not just about troop strength. I mean, you will fail if you don't have enough troops, but simply adding troops won't make you succeed.

[b]Adm. William Crowe[/b]
[i]Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 1985-89[/i]

We screwed up. we were intent on a quick victory with smaller forces, and we felt if we had a military victory everything else would fall in place. We would be viewed not as occupiers but as victors. We would draw down to 30,000 people within the first sixty days.

All of this was sheer nonsense.They thought that once Iraq fell we'd have a similar effect throughout the Middle East and terrorism would evaporate, blah, blah, blah. All of these were terrible assumptions. A State Department study advising otherwise was sent to Rumsfeld, but he threw it in the wastebasket. He overrode the military and was just plain stubborn on numbers. Finally the military said OK, and they totally underestimated the impact the desert had on our equipment and the kind of troops we would need for peacekeeping. They ignored Shinseki. The Marines were advising the same way. But the military can only go so far. Once the civilian leadership decides otherwise, the military is obliged.

There is not a very good answer for what to do next. We've pulled out of several places without achieving our objectives, and every time we predicted the end of Western civilization, which it was not. We left Korea after not achieving anything we wanted to do, and it didn't hurt us very much. We left Vietnam -- took us ten years to come around to doing it -- but we didn't achieve what we wanted. Everyone said it would set back our foreign policy in East Asia for ten years. It set it back about two months. Our allies thought we were crazy to be in Vietnam.

We could have the same thing happen this time in Iraq. If we walk away, we are still the number-one superpower in the world. There will be turmoil in Iraq, and how that will affect our oil supply, I don't know. But the question to ask is: Is what we are achieving in Iraq worth what we're paying? Weighing the good against the bad, we have got to get out. - http://www.rollingstone.com/p...
 
Seven Retired Military Leaders Agree: DimWit Fucker Bushy-boy Fucked-Up Iraq!
11.17.04 (7:04 am)   [edit]
[b]The Generals Speak

Seven retired military leaders discuss what has gone wrong in Iraq [/b]

The nineteen months since the war in Iraq began, some of the most outspoken critics of President Bush's plan of attack have come from a group that should have been the most supportive: retired senior military leaders. We spoke with a group of generals and admirals that included a former supreme Allied commander and a former chairman of the Joint Chiefs, and they all agreed on one thing: [b]Bush screwed up.[/b]

[b]Gen. Merrill "Tony" McPeak[/b]
[i]Air Force chief of staff, 1990-94[/i]

We have a force in Iraq that's much too small to stabilize the situation. It's about half the size, or maybe even a third, of what we need. As a consequence, the insurgency seems to be gathering momentum. We are losing people at a fairly steady rate of about two a day; wounded, about four or five times that, and perhaps half of these wounds are very serious. And we are also sustaining gunshot wounds, when, before, we'd mostly been seeing massive trauma from remotely detonated charges. This means the other side is standing and fighting in a way that describes a more dangerous phase of the conflict.

The people in control in the Pentagon and the White House live in a fantasy world. They actually thought everyone would just line up and vote for a new democracy and you would have a sort of Denmark with oil. I blame Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and the people behind him -- Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz and Undersecretary Douglas Feith. The vice president himself should probably be included; certainly his wife. These so-called neocons: These people have no real experience in life. They are utopian thinkers, idealists, very smart, and they have the courage of their convictions, so it makes them doubly dangerous.

The parallels between Iraq and Vietnam have been overblown, because we were in Vietnam for a decade and it cost us 58,000 troops. We've been in Iraq for nineteen months and we're still under 1,200 killed. But there is one sense in which the parallel with Vietnam is valid. The American people were told that to win the Cold War we had to win Vietnam. But we now know that Vietnam was not only a diversion from winning the Cold War but probably delayed our winning it and made it cost more to win. Iraq is a diversion to the war on terror in exactly the same way Vietnam was a diversion to the Cold War.

[b]Adm. Stansfield Turner[/b]
[i]NATO Allied commander for Southern Europe, 1975-77; CIA director, 1977-81[/i]

I think we are in a real mess. There are eighty-seven attacks on Americans every day, and our people in Baghdad can't even leave the International Zone without being heavily armored. I think we are in trouble because we were so slow in terms of reconstruction and reconstituting the military and police forces. We have lost the support of the Iraqi people who were glad to see Saddam go. But they are not glad to see an outside force come in and replace him without demonstrating we are going to provide them with security and rebuild their economy. I am very frustrated. Having a convincing rationale for going in gives our troops a sense of purpose. Whatever you call it, this is now an insurgency using the techniques of terrorism. With the borders poorly guarded, the terrorists come in. All in all, Iraq is a failure of monumental proportions.

[b]Lt. Gen. William Odom[/b]
[i]Director of the National Security Agency, 1985-88[/i]

It's a huge strategic disaster, and it will only get worse. The sooner we leave, the less the damage. In the months since the invasion, the U.S. forces have become involved in trying to repress a number of insurgency movements. This is the way we were fighting in Vietnam, and if we keep on fighting this way, this one is going to go on a long time too. The idea of creating a constitutional state in a short amount of time is a joke. It will take ten to fifteen years, and that is if we want to kill ten percent of the population.

[b]Gen. Anthony Zinni[/b]
[i]Commander in chief of the United States Central Command, 1997-2000[/i]

The first phase of the war in Iraq, the conventional phase, the major combat phase, was brilliantly done. Tommy Franks' approach to methodically move up and attack quickly probably saved a great humanitarian disaster. But the military was unprepared for the aftermath. Rumsfeld and others thought we would be greeted with roses and flowers.

When I was commander of CENTCOM, we had a plan for an invasion of Iraq, and it had specific numbers in it. We wanted to go in there with 350,000 to 380,000 troops. You didn't need that many people to defeat the Republican Guard, but you needed them for the aftermath. We knew that we would find ourselves in a situation where we had completely uprooted an authoritarian government and would need to freeze the situation: retain control, retain order, provide security, seal the borders to keep terrorists from coming in.

When I left in 2000, General Franks took over. Franks was my ground-component commander, so he was well aware of the plan. He had participated in it; those were the numbers he wanted. So what happened between him and Rumsfeld and why those numbers got altered, I don't know, because when we went in we used only 140,000 troops, even though General Eric Shinseki, the army commander, asked for the original number.

Did we have to do this? I saw the intelligence right up to the day of the war, and I did not see any imminent threat there. If anything, Saddam was coming apart. The sanctions were working. The containment was working. He had a hollow military, as we saw. If he had weapons of mass destruction, it was leftover stuff -- artillery shells and rocket rounds. He didn't have the delivery systems. We controlled the skies and seaports. We bombed him at will. All of this happened under U.N. authority. I mean, we had him by the throat. But the president was being convinced by the neocons that down the road we would regret not taking him out.

[b]Lt. Gen. Claudia Kennedy[/b]
[i]Army deputy chief of staff for intelligence, 1997-2000[/i]

From the beginning, i was asked which side I took, Shinseki's or Rumsfeld's. And I said Shinseki. I mean, Rumsfeld proudly announced that he had told General Franks to fight this war with different tactics in which they would bypass enemy strongholds and enemy resistance and keep on moving. But it was shocking to me that the secretary of defense would tell the Army how to fight. He doesn't know how to fight; he has no business telling them. It's completely within civilian authority to tell you where to fight, what our major objective is, but it is absolutely no one's business but uniformed military to tell you how to do the job. To me, it was astonishing that Rumsfeld would presume to tell four-star generals, in the Army thirty-five years, how to do their jobs.

Now here's another thing that Rumsfeld did. As he was being briefed on the war plan, he was cherry-picking the units to go. In other words, he didn't just approve the deployment list, he went down the list and skipped certain units that were at a higher degree of readiness to go and picked units that were lower on the list -- for reasons we don't know. But here's the impact: Recently, at an event, a mother told me how her son had been recruited and trained as a cook. Three weeks before he deployed to Iraq, he was told he was now a gunner. And they gave him training for three weeks, and then off he went.

Rumsfeld was profoundly in the dark. I think he really didn't understand what he was doing. He miscalculated the kind of war it was and he miscalculated the interpretation of U.S. behavior by the Iraqi people. They felt they had been invaded. They did not see this as a liberation.

As for the recent news about the 380 tons of explosives that disappeared, it's irrelevant when they disappeared. This was known by the International Atomic Energy Agency as a site to be watched. Here is the issue: Bush tried to turn this into a political matter instead of answering questions about why he didn't follow the warnings of the IAEA. It was another example of Bush being a cheerleader instead of a leader. Nothing in Iraq was guarded except for the oil fields, which tells you why we were there. There are any number of indications that with a larger troop strength we would have been able to deal with such sites. Here is my other concern: The IAEA gave us a list of sites to be watched, so there may have been other dumps that were looted. After all, you don't just put one item on a list.

So what do we do? I think it would be very irresponsible for us to simply pull out. It sounds like a very simple solution, but it would have some complexity and danger attached. Still, Iraq is a blood bath, and we need to be dealing with this in a much more sophisticated way than the cowboy named Bush.

[b]Gen. Wesley Clark[/b]
[i]NATO supreme Allied commander for Europe, 1997-2000[/i]

Troop strength was not the only problem. We got into this mess because the Bush administration decided what they really wanted to do was to invade Iraq, and then the only question was, for what reason? They developed two or three different reasons. It wasn't until the last minute that they came up and said, "Hey, by the way, we are going to create a wave of democracy across the Middle East." That was February of 2003, and by that time they hadn't planned anything. In October of 2003, Donald Rumsfeld wrote a memo asking questions that should have been asked in 2001: Do we have an overall strategy to win the war on terror? Do we have the right organization to win the war on terror? How are we going to know if we are not winning the war on terror? As it has turned out, the guys on the ground are doing what they are told to do. But let's ask this question: Have you seen an American strategic blunder this large? The answer is: not in fifty years. I can't imagine when the last one was. And it's not just about troop strength. I mean, you will fail if you don't have enough troops, but simply adding troops won't make you succeed.

[b]Adm. William Crowe[/b]
[i]Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 1985-89[/i]

We screwed up. we were intent on a quick victory with smaller forces, and we felt if we had a military victory everything else would fall in place. We would be viewed not as occupiers but as victors. We would draw down to 30,000 people within the first sixty days.

All of this was sheer nonsense.They thought that once Iraq fell we'd have a similar effect throughout the Middle East and terrorism would evaporate, blah, blah, blah. All of these were terrible assumptions. A State Department study advising otherwise was sent to Rumsfeld, but he threw it in the wastebasket. He overrode the military and was just plain stubborn on numbers. Finally the military said OK, and they totally underestimated the impact the desert had on our equipment and the kind of troops we would need for peacekeeping. They ignored Shinseki. The Marines were advising the same way. But the military can only go so far. Once the civilian leadership decides otherwise, the military is obliged.

There is not a very good answer for what to do next. We've pulled out of several places without achieving our objectives, and every time we predicted the end of Western civilization, which it was not. We left Korea after not achieving anything we wanted to do, and it didn't hurt us very much. We left Vietnam -- took us ten years to come around to doing it -- but we didn't achieve what we wanted. Everyone said it would set back our foreign policy in East Asia for ten years. It set it back about two months. Our allies thought we were crazy to be in Vietnam.

We could have the same thing happen this time in Iraq. If we walk away, we are still the number-one superpower in the world. There will be turmoil in Iraq, and how that will affect our oil supply, I don't know. But the question to ask is: Is what we are achieving in Iraq worth what we're paying? Weighing the good against the bad, we have got to get out. - http://www.rollingstone.com/p...
 
Seven Retired Military Leaders Agree: DimWit Fucker Bushy-boy Fucked-Up Iraq!
11.17.04 (7:04 am)   [edit]
[b]The Generals Speak

Seven retired military leaders discuss what has gone wrong in Iraq [/b]

The nineteen months since the war in Iraq began, some of the most outspoken critics of President Bush's plan of attack have come from a group that should have been the most supportive: retired senior military leaders. We spoke with a group of generals and admirals that included a former supreme Allied commander and a former chairman of the Joint Chiefs, and they all agreed on one thing: [b]Bush screwed up.[/b]

[b]Gen. Merrill "Tony" McPeak[/b]
[i]Air Force chief of staff, 1990-94[/i]

We have a force in Iraq that's much too small to stabilize the situation. It's about half the size, or maybe even a third, of what we need. As a consequence, the insurgency seems to be gathering momentum. We are losing people at a fairly steady rate of about two a day; wounded, about four or five times that, and perhaps half of these wounds are very serious. And we are also sustaining gunshot wounds, when, before, we'd mostly been seeing massive trauma from remotely detonated charges. This means the other side is standing and fighting in a way that describes a more dangerous phase of the conflict.

The people in control in the Pentagon and the White House live in a fantasy world. They actually thought everyone would just line up and vote for a new democracy and you would have a sort of Denmark with oil. I blame Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and the people behind him -- Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz and Undersecretary Douglas Feith. The vice president himself should probably be included; certainly his wife. These so-called neocons: These people have no real experience in life. They are utopian thinkers, idealists, very smart, and they have the courage of their convictions, so it makes them doubly dangerous.

The parallels between Iraq and Vietnam have been overblown, because we were in Vietnam for a decade and it cost us 58,000 troops. We've been in Iraq for nineteen months and we're still under 1,200 killed. But there is one sense in which the parallel with Vietnam is valid. The American people were told that to win the Cold War we had to win Vietnam. But we now know that Vietnam was not only a diversion from winning the Cold War but probably delayed our winning it and made it cost more to win. Iraq is a diversion to the war on terror in exactly the same way Vietnam was a diversion to the Cold War.

[b]Adm. Stansfield Turner[/b]
[i]NATO Allied commander for Southern Europe, 1975-77; CIA director, 1977-81[/i]

I think we are in a real mess. There are eighty-seven attacks on Americans every day, and our people in Baghdad can't even leave the International Zone without being heavily armored. I think we are in trouble because we were so slow in terms of reconstruction and reconstituting the military and police forces. We have lost the support of the Iraqi people who were glad to see Saddam go. But they are not glad to see an outside force come in and replace him without demonstrating we are going to provide them with security and rebuild their economy. I am very frustrated. Having a convincing rationale for going in gives our troops a sense of purpose. Whatever you call it, this is now an insurgency using the techniques of terrorism. With the borders poorly guarded, the terrorists come in. All in all, Iraq is a failure of monumental proportions.

[b]Lt. Gen. William Odom[/b]
[i]Director of the National Security Agency, 1985-88[/i]

It's a huge strategic disaster, and it will only get worse. The sooner we leave, the less the damage. In the months since the invasion, the U.S. forces have become involved in trying to repress a number of insurgency movements. This is the way we were fighting in Vietnam, and if we keep on fighting this way, this one is going to go on a long time too. The idea of creating a constitutional state in a short amount of time is a joke. It will take ten to fifteen years, and that is if we want to kill ten percent of the population.

[b]Gen. Anthony Zinni[/b]
[i]Commander in chief of the United States Central Command, 1997-2000[/i]

The first phase of the war in Iraq, the conventional phase, the major combat phase, was brilliantly done. Tommy Franks' approach to methodically move up and attack quickly probably saved a great humanitarian disaster. But the military was unprepared for the aftermath. Rumsfeld and others thought we would be greeted with roses and flowers.

When I was commander of CENTCOM, we had a plan for an invasion of Iraq, and it had specific numbers in it. We wanted to go in there with 350,000 to 380,000 troops. You didn't need that many people to defeat the Republican Guard, but you needed them for the aftermath. We knew that we would find ourselves in a situation where we had completely uprooted an authoritarian government and would need to freeze the situation: retain control, retain order, provide security, seal the borders to keep terrorists from coming in.

When I left in 2000, General Franks took over. Franks was my ground-component commander, so he was well aware of the plan. He had participated in it; those were the numbers he wanted. So what happened between him and Rumsfeld and why those numbers got altered, I don't know, because when we went in we used only 140,000 troops, even though General Eric Shinseki, the army commander, asked for the original number.

Did we have to do this? I saw the intelligence right up to the day of the war, and I did not see any imminent threat there. If anything, Saddam was coming apart. The sanctions were working. The containment was working. He had a hollow military, as we saw. If he had weapons of mass destruction, it was leftover stuff -- artillery shells and rocket rounds. He didn't have the delivery systems. We controlled the skies and seaports. We bombed him at will. All of this happened under U.N. authority. I mean, we had him by the throat. But the president was being convinced by the neocons that down the road we would regret not taking him out.

[b]Lt. Gen. Claudia Kennedy[/b]
[i]Army deputy chief of staff for intelligence, 1997-2000[/i]

From the beginning, i was asked which side I took, Shinseki's or Rumsfeld's. And I said Shinseki. I mean, Rumsfeld proudly announced that he had told General Franks to fight this war with different tactics in which they would bypass enemy strongholds and enemy resistance and keep on moving. But it was shocking to me that the secretary of defense would tell the Army how to fight. He doesn't know how to fight; he has no business telling them. It's completely within civilian authority to tell you where to fight, what our major objective is, but it is absolutely no one's business but uniformed military to tell you how to do the job. To me, it was astonishing that Rumsfeld would presume to tell four-star generals, in the Army thirty-five years, how to do their jobs.

Now here's another thing that Rumsfeld did. As he was being briefed on the war plan, he was cherry-picking the units to go. In other words, he didn't just approve the deployment list, he went down the list and skipped certain units that were at a higher degree of readiness to go and picked units that were lower on the list -- for reasons we don't know. But here's the impact: Recently, at an event, a mother told me how her son had been recruited and trained as a cook. Three weeks before he deployed to Iraq, he was told he was now a gunner. And they gave him training for three weeks, and then off he went.

Rumsfeld was profoundly in the dark. I think he really didn't understand what he was doing. He miscalculated the kind of war it was and he miscalculated the interpretation of U.S. behavior by the Iraqi people. They felt they had been invaded. They did not see this as a liberation.

As for the recent news about the 380 tons of explosives that disappeared, it's irrelevant when they disappeared. This was known by the International Atomic Energy Agency as a site to be watched. Here is the issue: Bush tried to turn this into a political matter instead of answering questions about why he didn't follow the warnings of the IAEA. It was another example of Bush being a cheerleader instead of a leader. Nothing in Iraq was guarded except for the oil fields, which tells you why we were there. There are any number of indications that with a larger troop strength we would have been able to deal with such sites. Here is my other concern: The IAEA gave us a list of sites to be watched, so there may have been other dumps that were looted. After all, you don't just put one item on a list.

So what do we do? I think it would be very irresponsible for us to simply pull out. It sounds like a very simple solution, but it would have some complexity and danger attached. Still, Iraq is a blood bath, and we need to be dealing with this in a much more sophisticated way than the cowboy named Bush.

[b]Gen. Wesley Clark[/b]
[i]NATO supreme Allied commander for Europe, 1997-2000[/i]

Troop strength was not the only problem. We got into this mess because the Bush administration decided what they really wanted to do was to invade Iraq, and then the only question was, for what reason? They developed two or three different reasons. It wasn't until the last minute that they came up and said, "Hey, by the way, we are going to create a wave of democracy across the Middle East." That was February of 2003, and by that time they hadn't planned anything. In October of 2003, Donald Rumsfeld wrote a memo asking questions that should have been asked in 2001: Do we have an overall strategy to win the war on terror? Do we have the right organization to win the war on terror? How are we going to know if we are not winning the war on terror? As it has turned out, the guys on the ground are doing what they are told to do. But let's ask this question: Have you seen an American strategic blunder this large? The answer is: not in fifty years. I can't imagine when the last one was. And it's not just about troop strength. I mean, you will fail if you don't have enough troops, but simply adding troops won't make you succeed.

[b]Adm. William Crowe[/b]
[i]Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 1985-89[/i]

We screwed up. we were intent on a quick victory with smaller forces, and we felt if we had a military victory everything else would fall in place. We would be viewed not as occupiers but as victors. We would draw down to 30,000 people within the first sixty days.

All of this was sheer nonsense.They thought that once Iraq fell we'd have a similar effect throughout the Middle East and terrorism would evaporate, blah, blah, blah. All of these were terrible assumptions. A State Department study advising otherwise was sent to Rumsfeld, but he threw it in the wastebasket. He overrode the military and was just plain stubborn on numbers. Finally the military said OK, and they totally underestimated the impact the desert had on our equipment and the kind of troops we would need for peacekeeping. They ignored Shinseki. The Marines were advising the same way. But the military can only go so far. Once the civilian leadership decides otherwise, the military is obliged.

There is not a very good answer for what to do next. We've pulled out of several places without achieving our objectives, and every time we predicted the end of Western civilization, which it was not. We left Korea after not achieving anything we wanted to do, and it didn't hurt us very much. We left Vietnam -- took us ten years to come around to doing it -- but we didn't achieve what we wanted. Everyone said it would set back our foreign policy in East Asia for ten years. It set it back about two months. Our allies thought we were crazy to be in Vietnam.

We could have the same thing happen this time in Iraq. If we walk away, we are still the number-one superpower in the world. There will be turmoil in Iraq, and how that will affect our oil supply, I don't know. But the question to ask is: Is what we are achieving in Iraq worth what we're paying? Weighing the good against the bad, we have got to get out. - http://www.rollingstone.com/p...
 
The Mad King George's Age of Fascism: THE ARRIVAL OF SECRET LAW
11.17.04 (6:57 am)   [edit]
Last month, Helen Chenoweth-Hage attempted to board a United Airlines flight from Boise to Reno when she was pulled aside by airline personnel for additional screening, including a pat-down search for weapons or unauthorized materials.

Chenoweth-Hage, an ultra-conservative former Congresswoman (R-ID), requested a copy of the regulation that authorizes such pat-downs.

"She said she wanted to see the regulation that required the additional procedure for secondary screening and she was told that she couldn't see it," local TSA security director Julian Gonzales told the Idaho Statesman (10/10/04).

"She refused to go through additional screening [without seeing the regulation], and she was not allowed to fly," he said. "It's pretty simple."

Chenoweth-Hage wasn't seeking disclosure of the internal criteria used for screening passengers, only the legal authorization for passenger pat-downs. Why couldn't they at least let her see that? asked Statesman commentator Dan Popkey.

"Because we don't have to," Mr. Gonzales replied crisply.

"That is called 'sensitive security information.' She's not allowed to see it, nor is anyone else," he said.

Thus, in a qualitatively new development in U.S. governance, Americans can now be obligated to comply with legally-binding regulations that are unknown to them, and that indeed they are forbidden to know.

This is not some dismal Eastern European allegory. It is part of a continuing transformation of American government that is leaving it less open, less accountable and less susceptible to rational deliberation as a vehicle for change.

Harold C. Relyea once wrote an article entitled "The Coming of Secret Law" (Government Information Quarterly, vol. 5, no. 2, 1988) that electrified readers (or at least one reader) with its warning about increased executive branch reliance on secret presidential directives and related instruments.

Back in the 1980s when that article was written, secret law was still on the way. Now it is here.

A new report from the Congressional Research Service describes with welcome clarity how, by altering a few words in the Homeland Security Act, Congress "significantly broadened" the government's authority to generate "sensitive security information," including an entire system of "security directives" that are beyond public scrutiny, like the one former Rep. Chenoweth-Hage sought to examine.

The CRS report provides one analyst's perspective on how the secret regulations comport or fail to comport with constitutional rights, such as the right to travel and the right to due process. CRS does not make its reports directly available to the public, but a copy was obtained by Secrecy News.

See "Interstate Travel: Constitutional Challenges to the Identification Requirement and Other Transportation Security Regulations," Congressional Research Service, November 4, 2004: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/RL...

Much of the CRS discussion revolves around the case of software designer and philanthropist John Gilmore, who was prevented from boarding an airline flight when he refused to present a photo ID. (A related case involving no-fly lists has been brought by the ACLU.)

"I will not show government-issued identity papers to travel in my own country," Mr. Gilmore said.

Mr. Gilmore's insistence on his right to preserve anonymity while traveling on commercial aircraft is naturally debatable -- but the government will not debate it. Instead, citing the statute on "sensitive security information," the Bush Administration says the case cannot be argued in open court.

Further information on Gilmore v. Ashcroft, which is pending on appeal, may be found here: http://papersplease.org/gilmo...

[b]Check-it-out SECRECY NEWS[/b]: http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/s...
 
The Mad King George's Age of Fascism: THE ARRIVAL OF SECRET LAW
11.17.04 (6:57 am)   [edit]
Last month, Helen Chenoweth-Hage attempted to board a United Airlines flight from Boise to Reno when she was pulled aside by airline personnel for additional screening, including a pat-down search for weapons or unauthorized materials.

Chenoweth-Hage, an ultra-conservative former Congresswoman (R-ID), requested a copy of the regulation that authorizes such pat-downs.

"She said she wanted to see the regulation that required the additional procedure for secondary screening and she was told that she couldn't see it," local TSA security director Julian Gonzales told the Idaho Statesman (10/10/04).

"She refused to go through additional screening [without seeing the regulation], and she was not allowed to fly," he said. "It's pretty simple."

Chenoweth-Hage wasn't seeking disclosure of the internal criteria used for screening passengers, only the legal authorization for passenger pat-downs. Why couldn't they at least let her see that? asked Statesman commentator Dan Popkey.

"Because we don't have to," Mr. Gonzales replied crisply.

"That is called 'sensitive security information.' She's not allowed to see it, nor is anyone else," he said.

Thus, in a qualitatively new development in U.S. governance, Americans can now be obligated to comply with legally-binding regulations that are unknown to them, and that indeed they are forbidden to know.

This is not some dismal Eastern European allegory. It is part of a continuing transformation of American government that is leaving it less open, less accountable and less susceptible to rational deliberation as a vehicle for change.

Harold C. Relyea once wrote an article entitled "The Coming of Secret Law" (Government Information Quarterly, vol. 5, no. 2, 1988) that electrified readers (or at least one reader) with its warning about increased executive branch reliance on secret presidential directives and related instruments.

Back in the 1980s when that article was written, secret law was still on the way. Now it is here.

A new report from the Congressional Research Service describes with welcome clarity how, by altering a few words in the Homeland Security Act, Congress "significantly broadened" the government's authority to generate "sensitive security information," including an entire system of "security directives" that are beyond public scrutiny, like the one former Rep. Chenoweth-Hage sought to examine.

The CRS report provides one analyst's perspective on how the secret regulations comport or fail to comport with constitutional rights, such as the right to travel and the right to due process. CRS does not make its reports directly available to the public, but a copy was obtained by Secrecy News.

See "Interstate Travel: Constitutional Challenges to the Identification Requirement and Other Transportation Security Regulations," Congressional Research Service, November 4, 2004: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/RL...

Much of the CRS discussion revolves around the case of software designer and philanthropist John Gilmore, who was prevented from boarding an airline flight when he refused to present a photo ID. (A related case involving no-fly lists has been brought by the ACLU.)

"I will not show government-issued identity papers to travel in my own country," Mr. Gilmore said.

Mr. Gilmore's insistence on his right to preserve anonymity while traveling on commercial aircraft is naturally debatable -- but the government will not debate it. Instead, citing the statute on "sensitive security information," the Bush Administration says the case cannot be argued in open court.

Further information on Gilmore v. Ashcroft, which is pending on appeal, may be found here: http://papersplease.org/gilmo...

[b]Check-it-out SECRECY NEWS[/b]: http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/s...
 
The Mad King George's Age of Fascism: THE ARRIVAL OF SECRET LAW
11.17.04 (6:50 am)   [edit]
Last month, Helen Chenoweth-Hage attempted to board a United Airlines flight from Boise to Reno when she was pulled aside by airline personnel for additional screening, including a pat-down search for weapons or unauthorized materials.

Chenoweth-Hage, an ultra-conservative former Congresswoman (R-ID), requested a copy of the regulation that authorizes such pat-downs.

"She said she wanted to see the regulation that required the additional procedure for secondary screening and she was told that she couldn't see it," local TSA security director Julian Gonzales told the Idaho Statesman (10/10/04).

"She refused to go through additional screening [without seeing the regulation], and she was not allowed to fly," he said. "It's pretty simple."

Chenoweth-Hage wasn't seeking disclosure of the internal criteria used for screening passengers, only the legal authorization for passenger pat-downs. Why couldn't they at least let her see that? asked Statesman commentator Dan Popkey.

"Because we don't have to," Mr. Gonzales replied crisply.

"That is called 'sensitive security information.' She's not allowed to see it, nor is anyone else," he said.

Thus, in a qualitatively new development in U.S. governance, Americans can now be obligated to comply with legally-binding regulations that are unknown to them, and that indeed they are forbidden to know.

This is not some dismal Eastern European allegory. It is part of a continuing transformation of American government that is leaving it less open, less accountable and less susceptible to rational deliberation as a vehicle for change.

Harold C. Relyea once wrote an article entitled "The Coming of Secret Law" (Government Information Quarterly, vol. 5, no. 2, 1988) that electrified readers (or at least one reader) with its warning about increased executive branch reliance on secret presidential directives and related instruments.

Back in the 1980s when that article was written, secret law was still on the way. Now it is here.

A new report from the Congressional Research Service describes with welcome clarity how, by altering a few words in the Homeland Security Act, Congress "significantly broadened" the government's authority to generate "sensitive security information," including an entire system of "security directives" that are beyond public scrutiny, like the one former Rep. Chenoweth-Hage sought to examine.

The CRS report provides one analyst's perspective on how the secret regulations comport or fail to comport with constitutional rights, such as the right to travel and the right to due process. CRS does not make its reports directly available to the public, but a copy was obtained by Secrecy News.

See "Interstate Travel: Constitutional Challenges to the Identification Requirement and Other Transportation Security Regulations," Congressional Research Service, November 4, 2004: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/RL...

Much of the CRS discussion revolves around the case of software designer and philanthropist John Gilmore, who was prevented from boarding an airline flight when he refused to present a photo ID. (A related case involving no-fly lists has been brought by the ACLU.)

"I will not show government-issued identity papers to travel in my own country," Mr. Gilmore said.

Mr. Gilmore's insistence on his right to preserve anonymity while traveling on commercial aircraft is naturally debatable -- but the government will not debate it. Instead, citing the statute on "sensitive security information," the Bush Administration says the case cannot be argued in open court.

Further information on Gilmore v. Ashcroft, which is pending on appeal, may be found here: http://papersplease.org/gilmo...

[b]Check-it-out SECRECY NEWS[/b]: http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/s...
 
The Mad King George's Age of Fascism: THE ARRIVAL OF SECRET LAW
11.17.04 (6:50 am)   [edit]
Last month, Helen Chenoweth-Hage attempted to board a United Airlines flight from Boise to Reno when she was pulled aside by airline personnel for additional screening, including a pat-down search for weapons or unauthorized materials.

Chenoweth-Hage, an ultra-conservative former Congresswoman (R-ID), requested a copy of the regulation that authorizes such pat-downs.

"She said she wanted to see the regulation that required the additional procedure for secondary screening and she was told that she couldn't see it," local TSA security director Julian Gonzales told the Idaho Statesman (10/10/04).

"She refused to go through additional screening [without seeing the regulation], and she was not allowed to fly," he said. "It's pretty simple."

Chenoweth-Hage wasn't seeking disclosure of the internal criteria used for screening passengers, only the legal authorization for passenger pat-downs. Why couldn't they at least let her see that? asked Statesman commentator Dan Popkey.

"Because we don't have to," Mr. Gonzales replied crisply.

"That is called 'sensitive security information.' She's not allowed to see it, nor is anyone else," he said.

Thus, in a qualitatively new development in U.S. governance, Americans can now be obligated to comply with legally-binding regulations that are unknown to them, and that indeed they are forbidden to know.

This is not some dismal Eastern European allegory. It is part of a continuing transformation of American government that is leaving it less open, less accountable and less susceptible to rational deliberation as a vehicle for change.

Harold C. Relyea once wrote an article entitled "The Coming of Secret Law" (Government Information Quarterly, vol. 5, no. 2, 1988) that electrified readers (or at least one reader) with its warning about increased executive branch reliance on secret presidential directives and related instruments.

Back in the 1980s when that article was written, secret law was still on the way. Now it is here.

A new report from the Congressional Research Service describes with welcome clarity how, by altering a few words in the Homeland Security Act, Congress "significantly broadened" the government's authority to generate "sensitive security information," including an entire system of "security directives" that are beyond public scrutiny, like the one former Rep. Chenoweth-Hage sought to examine.

The CRS report provides one analyst's perspective on how the secret regulations comport or fail to comport with constitutional rights, such as the right to travel and the right to due process. CRS does not make its reports directly available to the public, but a copy was obtained by Secrecy News.

See "Interstate Travel: Constitutional Challenges to the Identification Requirement and Other Transportation Security Regulations," Congressional Research Service, November 4, 2004: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/RL...

Much of the CRS discussion revolves around the case of software designer and philanthropist John Gilmore, who was prevented from boarding an airline flight when he refused to present a photo ID. (A related case involving no-fly lists has been brought by the ACLU.)

"I will not show government-issued identity papers to travel in my own country," Mr. Gilmore said.

Mr. Gilmore's insistence on his right to preserve anonymity while traveling on commercial aircraft is naturally debatable -- but the government will not debate it. Instead, citing the statute on "sensitive security information," the Bush Administration says the case cannot be argued in open court.

Further information on Gilmore v. Ashcroft, which is pending on appeal, may be found here: http://papersplease.org/gilmo...

[b]Check-it-out SECRECY NEWS[/b]: http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/s...
 
Neo-Con Arm-Chair Chicken-Hawks Flying High With WhackJob Rice's Posting
11.17.04 (6:40 am)   [edit]
U.S. President George W. Bush's nomination of National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice to replace Secretary of State Colin Powell consolidates the control over U.S. foreign policy of the coalition of hawks that promoted the war in Iraq, led by Vice President Dick Cheney.

The promotion of Rice's deputy, Stephen Hadley, to take her place in the White House also confirms Cheney's preeminence in Bush's second term.

A major booster of national missile defense and the development of "usable" mini-nuclear weapons, Hadley held a key policy position under the vice president when Cheney served as Pentagon chief under Bush's father, from 1989 to 1993.

Growing speculation that another Cheney ally, Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security John Bolton, will be nominated to serve as deputy secretary of state under Rice is adding to the impression that the hawks are on the verge of a clean sweep.

As expected, the State Department's current number two, Richard Armitage, announced his resignation Tuesday, thus opening another key slot in the foreign-policy bureaucracy and one on which Bolton and his neoconservative and ultra-unilateralist backers have had their eyes for months.

"This is a statement that Bush sees that what he's done in his first term is the way he wants to go into the second term, if not a bit more so," said Jonathan Clarke, a former British analyst based at the libertarian Cato Institute and co-author of America Alone: The Neoconservatives and the Global Order.

"It's a way of saying, 'If you liked what you saw in the first administration, you're going to love the second one,'" he added in an interview.

Although Rice began her tenure as Bush's national security adviser a traditional "realist," stressing the importance of bolstering U.S. alliances and of committing U.S. troops overseas only in cases where vital national interests were threatened, she was careful from the outset to avoid alienating right-wing forces, particularly Cheney and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld.

On key issues, particularly surrounding the lead-up to the Iraq war, the Palestinian-Israeli conflict, and the U.S. posture toward Iran and North Korea, she more often either aligned herself with or deferred to the hawks, especially Cheney, than she sided with Powell.

That was an immense frustration to the former head of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, who had assumed at the beginning that, like himself, she was committed to the pragmatic multilateralism of Bush's father and their mutual mentor, former National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft.

Thus, Rice ordered an early draft of the administration's December 2002, National Security Strategy (NSS) that was written by Powell protégé and current president of the Council on Foreign Relations Richard Haass to be completely rewritten, according to James Mann, author of a highly regarded study of the Bush war cabinet, Rise of the Vulcans.

"She thought the Bush administration needed something bolder, something that would represent a more dramatic break with the ideas of the past," noted Mann.

As rewritten, the NSS marked a comprehensive endorsement of most of the controversial ideas put forward under Bush, including global U.S. military dominance, preemption against possible enemies, the aggressive promotion of democracy overseas, and the rejection of multilateral mechanisms or treaties that might constrain the exercise of U.S. power.

But Rice appears to have been picked to run the State Department as much for her fierce personal loyalty to Bush as for her own foreign-policy views.

Recommended originally by Scowcroft and former Secretary of State George Shultz to serve as Bush's principal foreign-policy adviser during his 2000 campaign, Rice, who shares a love of football and physical fitness with the president, hit it off immediately with the future leader.

During the last five years, she has frequently spent weekends at the presidential retreat at Camp David or at his ranch in Crawford, Texas, with the Bush family.

The closeness of her relationship with Bush – something that entirely eluded Powell, whose unequaled international and popular standing appeared to evoke some resentment in both the president and vice president – would normally be seen as a plus by the foreign service officers who toil at the State Department, because it ensures that their views will heard in the White House.

According to Mann, that may yet turn out to be the case. "The White House saw Powell as an independent force and an independent operator," he told IPS, adding that such independence limited his influence.

"Rice, who will be more hawkish, will also now be the spokesman for the State Department and for diplomacy within the administration, and I can imagine situations where, once in a while, the same policies that would have been rejected if they came from Powell might get a better reception at the White House because they came from Rice."

At the same time, Mann described the posting as "Bush's way of establishing his political control over the State Department," which has been seen by many of the hawks and their backers in the media as resisting the president's more aggressive policies. In this view, Rice, like newly assigned Porter Goss at the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), will act as an enforcer of Bush's policy "vision" in the department and as a reliable communicator of the president's line to foreign governments.

"She will be a much more forceful advocate [of Bush's policy] to American allies and partners and less inclined to be a sponge for their frustrations," according to Clarke. "She'll be more inclined to take the fight to them and not allow the outside world to think that she is somehow a channel into the foreign-policy-making process to deflect or undermine the president's policies."

Many State Department officials expressed serious concerns about Rice's appointment Tuesday, even as they were recovering from Monday's announcement by Powell that he was indeed leaving.

Powell, who devoted considerable time and effort to managing the department, had raised morale significantly from its nadir under his predecessor, Madeleine Albright, who tended to ignore the career officers in favor of a small group of political appointees. "We're so sad to see him go," said one veteran contacted by IPS, who noted that Rice's managerial experience has been far more limited.

Indeed, most analysts assess her experience overseeing the National Security Council (NSC) staff quite negatively because of her reluctance to take a position when policies were deadlocked, to ensure all sides were heard, and to enforce discipline on the various agencies once a policy was decided.

As a result, policy reviews in key areas, such as Iran and North Korea, to cite two of the most prominent examples, dragged on for months and in some cases were never completed.

To the great frustration of Powell and Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) Director George Tenet, Rice tolerated informal channels of communication between the mainly neoconservative appointees around Rumsfeld and Cheney's office, which is headed by his neocon chief of staff and national security adviser, I. Lewis "Scooter" Libby.

Libby, whose own national security staff has been exceptionally large and aggressive, "is able to run circles around Condi," one former NSC staffer told IPS last year.

Hadley, an attorney by profession, is seen as a hardline technocrat who has specialized in nuclear weapons and national missile defense. He has been a major advocate of preemption and the development of "mini-nukes" and other new nuclear weapons that could be used for conventional purposes.

Considered particularly discreet – even self-effacing – Hadley came under strong criticism in various reports in the run-up to the war in Iraq, primarily because of his close working relationship with Libby on promoting a number of now-discredited efforts to tie ousted Iraqi President Saddam Hussein to al-Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden and to assert that Hussein was reconstituting a nuclear-weapons program. - http://www.antiwar.com/lobe/?...


 
Neo-Con Arm-Chair Chicken-Hawks Flying High With WhackJob Rice's Posting
11.17.04 (6:37 am)   [edit]
U.S. President George W. Bush's nomination of National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice to replace Secretary of State Colin Powell consolidates the control over U.S. foreign policy of the coalition of hawks that promoted the war in Iraq, led by Vice President Dick Cheney.

The promotion of Rice's deputy, Stephen Hadley, to take her place in the White House also confirms Cheney's preeminence in Bush's second term.

A major booster of national missile defense and the development of "usable" mini-nuclear weapons, Hadley held a key policy position under the vice president when Cheney served as Pentagon chief under Bush's father, from 1989 to 1993.

Growing speculation that another Cheney ally, Undersecretary of State for Arms Control and International Security John Bolton, will be nominated to serve as deputy secretary of state under Rice is adding to the impression that the hawks are on the verge of a clean sweep.

As expected, the State Department's current number two, Richard Armitage, announced his resignation Tuesday, thus opening another key slot in the foreign-policy bureaucracy and one on which Bolton and his neoconservative and ultra-unilateralist backers have had their eyes for months.

"This is a statement that Bush sees that what he's done in his first term is the way he wants to go into the second term, if not a bit more so," said Jonathan Clarke, a former British analyst based at the libertarian Cato Institute and co-author of America Alone: The Neoconservatives and the Global Order.

"It's a way of saying, 'If you liked what you saw in the first administration, you're going to love the second one,'" he added in an interview.

Although Rice began her tenure as Bush's national security adviser a traditional "realist," stressing the importance of bolstering U.S. alliances and of committing U.S. troops overseas only in cases where vital national interests were threatened, she was careful from the outset to avoid alienating right-wing forces, particularly Cheney and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld.

On key issues, particularly surrounding the lead-up to the Iraq war, the Palestinian-Israeli conflict, and the U.S. posture toward Iran and North Korea, she more often either aligned herself with or deferred to the hawks, especially Cheney, than she sided with Powell.

That was an immense frustration to the former head of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, who had assumed at the beginning that, like himself, she was committed to the pragmatic multilateralism of Bush's father and their mutual mentor, former National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft.

Thus, Rice ordered an early draft of the administration's December 2002, National Security Strategy (NSS) that was written by Powell protégé and current president of the Council on Foreign Relations Richard Haass to be completely rewritten, according to James Mann, author of a highly regarded study of the Bush war cabinet, Rise of the Vulcans.

"She thought the Bush administration needed something bolder, something that would represent a more dramatic break with the ideas of the past," noted Mann.

As rewritten, the NSS marked a comprehensive endorsement of most of the controversial ideas put forward under Bush, including global U.S. military dominance, preemption against possible enemies, the aggressive promotion of democracy overseas, and the rejection of multilateral mechanisms or treaties that might constrain the exercise of U.S. power.

But Rice appears to have been picked to run the State Department as much for her fierce personal loyalty to Bush as for her own foreign-policy views.

Recommended originally by Scowcroft and former Secretary of State George Shultz to serve as Bush's principal foreign-policy adviser during his 2000 campaign, Rice, who shares a love of football and physical fitness with the president, hit it off immediately with the future leader.

During the last five years, she has frequently spent weekends at the presidential retreat at Camp David or at his ranch in Crawford, Texas, with the Bush family.

The closeness of her relationship with Bush – something that entirely eluded Powell, whose unequaled international and popular standing appeared to evoke some resentment in both the president and vice president – would normally be seen as a plus by the foreign service officers who toil at the State Department, because it ensures that their views will heard in the White House.

According to Mann, that may yet turn out to be the case. "The White House saw Powell as an independent force and an independent operator," he told IPS, adding that such independence limited his influence.

"Rice, who will be more hawkish, will also now be the spokesman for the State Department and for diplomacy within the administration, and I can imagine situations where, once in a while, the same policies that would have been rejected if they came from Powell might get a better reception at the White House because they came from Rice."

At the same time, Mann described the posting as "Bush's way of establishing his political control over the State Department," which has been seen by many of the hawks and their backers in the media as resisting the president's more aggressive policies. In this view, Rice, like newly assigned Porter Goss at the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), will act as an enforcer of Bush's policy "vision" in the department and as a reliable communicator of the president's line to foreign governments.

"She will be a much more forceful advocate [of Bush's policy] to American allies and partners and less inclined to be a sponge for their frustrations," according to Clarke. "She'll be more inclined to take the fight to them and not allow the outside world to think that she is somehow a channel into the foreign-policy-making process to deflect or undermine the president's policies."

Many State Department officials expressed serious concerns about Rice's appointment Tuesday, even as they were recovering from Monday's announcement by Powell that he was indeed leaving.

Powell, who devoted considerable time and effort to managing the department, had raised morale significantly from its nadir under his predecessor, Madeleine Albright, who tended to ignore the career officers in favor of a small group of political appointees. "We're so sad to see him go," said one veteran contacted by IPS, who noted that Rice's managerial experience has been far more limited.

Indeed, most analysts assess her experience overseeing the National Security Council (NSC) staff quite negatively because of her reluctance to take a position when policies were deadlocked, to ensure all sides were heard, and to enforce discipline on the various agencies once a policy was decided.

As a result, policy reviews in key areas, such as Iran and North Korea, to cite two of the most prominent examples, dragged on for months and in some cases were never completed.

To the great frustration of Powell and Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) Director George Tenet, Rice tolerated informal channels of communication between the mainly neoconservative appointees around Rumsfeld and Cheney's office, which is headed by his neocon chief of staff and national security adviser, I. Lewis "Scooter" Libby.

Libby, whose own national security staff has been exceptionally large and aggressive, "is able to run circles around Condi," one former NSC staffer told IPS last year.

Hadley, an attorney by profession, is seen as a hardline technocrat who has specialized in nuclear weapons and national missile defense. He has been a major advocate of preemption and the development of "mini-nukes" and other new nuclear weapons that could be used for conventional purposes.

Considered particularly discreet – even self-effacing – Hadley came under strong criticism in various reports in the run-up to the war in Iraq, primarily because of his close working relationship with Libby on promoting a number of now-discredited efforts to tie ousted Iraqi President Saddam Hussein to al-Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden and to assert that Hussein was reconstituting a nuclear-weapons program. - http://www.antiwar.com/lobe/?...


 
Bush's Lewinsky as Secretary of State ... Rice, "Yes" Slut & Bureaucratic Liar!
11.16.04 (11:49 am)   [edit]
Condi Rice's contribution to the first Bush tenure at the White House as national security adviser was to solidify her bureaucratic instincts, perceive the world as though we were still involved in a cold war with Russia, and lie to the 9/11 committee about the resulting culpability of Bush and herself with respect to the policy disasters that followed. Now, Bush is rewarding her by giving her Colin Powell's job. This is a Bush administration pattern: reward the loyal person who shares in the resulting disaster of policy by giving that person more responsibility, resulting in even more serious error.

While even the mainstream media was in general agreement regarding Condi's lies delivered to the 9/11 probe committee, it remained for the New York Times to carfully summarize Rice's serious weaknesses, weaknesses that make her unfit to be Sec. of State:

"If Ms. Rice were set on burnishing the commander in chief's image as the hero of 9/11, she might have been able to admit that Mr. Bush is a hierarchical manager who expects his immediate underlings to manage things, and who guessed wrong about what deserved the administrations most immediate and intense attention. The president and his top foreign policy advisers came into office determined to build a missile defence shield, fixated on Iraq as the top problem in the Middle East and greatly concerned abo0ut China....Ms. Rice was at her weakest in her testimony before the independent commission investigating the 9/11 attacks when she attempted to portray Mr. Bush as a hands-on administrator with a particular concern about terror threats." (April 9, 2004)

Based on Bush's second term selections thus far, it appears that Bush is after loyal liars, not exceptional expertise, and the nation will suffer accordingly. --Jerry Politex, 11.16.04.

(For more on Rice as the failed White House national security adviser, see chapter 17 in BIG BUSH LIES) - http://www.bushwatch.net/#ric...


 
Herr Fuhrer Bush, Mass-Murderer, Refuses Medical Aid to Innocent Iraqi Civilians!
11.16.04 (11:44 am)   [edit]
[b]U.S. blocks medical aid[/b]

Reuters reports: http://www.washingtonpost.com... "No help has reached civilians in Falluja since the assault began on Monday and U.S. forces kept a Red Crescent aid convoy of seven trucks and ambulances waiting at the main hospital near a bridge over the Euphrates River on the edge of the city.

A Reuters correspondent who drove through the city saw utter destruction. Bodies lay in the streets. Homes were smashed, mosques ruined, and power and telephone lines hung uselessly."

 
Empires as Ages of Religious Ignorance
11.15.04 (11:45 am)   [edit]
[b]George W. Bush’s Crusade and American Fundamentalism [/b]

“God’s blessing is on him [George W. Bush]. It’s the blessing of heaven on the emperor.”
—Pat Robertson, evangelist

“The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them.”
—Book of Daniel, II, 32-35

Especially now with the U.S. election results, many pundits appear rather taken aback by the increasing evidence of George W. Bush’s “faith-based” presidency http://www.independent.org/ne... —his “true-believer” confidence that if you just “believe,” all things are possible. Those who have this faith believe they can transcend the reality that circumscribes the actions of those who lack such belief.

In his October 17th New York Times article, “Without a Doubt,” Ron Suskind recounts a conversation with a senior Bush adviser in the summer of 2002, who noted that people such as Suskind were “in what we call the reality-based community.” When Suskind attempted a reply, the adviser replied: “That’s not the way the world really works anymore. . . . We’re an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you’re studying that reality—judiciously, as you will—we’ll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that’s how things will sort out. We’re history’s actors . . . and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do.”

This “arrogance of power” is right out of the imperial doctrine of Theodore Roosevelt, which was once called “pure act,” or in a larger sense, the “action principle” of fascism. Clearly, any empire’s administration believes that it is not constrained by the reality of the same “Law” that applies to the rest of society.

But, what is perhaps most significant in the events recounted by Suskind and in the election results is not President Bush’s confident, unquestioning faith that he is “God’s instrument,” but the blind faith of his fundamentalist followers, reminiscent of Sinclair Lewis’s descriptions in Elmer Gantry. As Suskind somewhat differently observes, one might say that George W. Bush went up the hill as a tolerant Methodist, and came down as a puritanical Calvinist.

What is less understood is that all of the great empires in history have been characterized by a decline of reason and an increase in super-naturalist faith, combined with a belief in the empire with the emperor holding God’s “mandate” on earth.

There are only three ultimate sources upon which derivative values such as “equality” can be based: supernatural law, natural law and statist, positive law. Empires tend to combine all of the three so that the emperor’s legitimacy flows from God, nature, and his position as head of State. The intertwining of religion and nationalism in the State is indeed a very powerful one.

Today’s unflinching, fundamentalist Christian support for the war in Iraq and U.S. global interventionism (regardless of the facts) was foretold earlier by anti-rational evangelical attempts to control textbooks, deny evolutionary principles, and block scientific research—sure early signs of the rise of a new “Age of Empire.” The most famous book-burning incidentally was not pro-war Lynn Cheney’s recent effort, or even Adolf Hitler’s in 1933, but rather that of the great Ch’in Emperor, Shih Wang-ti (a central figure in the recent film, Hero) of imperial China in 221 B.C.

In Rome, before it was co-opted by the State, early Christianity was in many ways a tax revolt against the Roman Empire’s increasing taxation burdens, ineptitude, and brutality. But instead of fighting taxes directly, which would have been quite fatal, the Christians (in keeping with Jesus’s teachings of the Golden Rule and peace) sought to evade the Roman taxes by steering clear of the State and taking care of their own and others. For example, by 150 A.D. in the City of Rome, Christians, and not the State, were taking care of 1,500 widows and orphans, and if you were captured or kidnapped by barbarians (much as in Iraq today) your only hope of ransom was if you were a Christian.

However, by the 4th century the growing strength of many diverse Christian groups (aided by their assimilation of older religious ideas from the East) and the decline of the Roman Empire had made it clear to the Roman State under Constantine that its survival would require formally merging with and centralizing Christianity. (Charles Freeman’s recent book, The Closing of the Western Mind: The Rise of Faith and the Fall of Reason details the way in which this took place.)

There had already been a rise of mysticism in the Greek Empire phase of classical civilization, led by Pythagoras against Ionian empiricism, and later this same irrational process was repeated in Rome. What was left of Roman “science” declined as “faith” rose to be preserved and carried to the West later by Islamic civilization.

And as Western Civilization emerged out of the ruins of the western part of the Roman Empire, we evolved to America on the periphery of the European core—pragmatic, Calvinist, fundamentalist (certainly not showing much influence of such natural-law thinkers as Thomas Aquinas), with America believing itself an exception to history (a messianic vision often shared by the periphery).

Given that historical context, American writers began to talk as early as 1828 of some U.S. leaders as Caesars. While the Founders sought to separate the State and religion, we never quite had a theocracy, but rather an “Erastian”-type state in New England (reminiscent of the theocratic doctrines adopted in Geneva from the Swiss theologian Thomas Erastus, 1524-1583), where formal governmental leaders were heavily influenced by religious ones. And so, with the growing corrupt, corporate-state empire based in America today, religionists have put themselves forward as one of the key corporate entities in that structure, and the fundamentalists have found their man in George W. Bush.

Religious zealotry was, of course, involved in the U.S.’s first formal venture into imperialism in 1898 with the Spanish-American War, when over 200,000 Filipinos were killed. The missionaries wanted to expand their efforts into China, and after President William McKinley supposedly communed with God, McKinley indicated we should take the Philippines and “Christianize” and “uplift” the natives there. (Protestants tended to ignore the fact that Spanish Catholicism had been there for over three centuries. And, this messianic zeal could sometimes end up embarrassingly when young missionaries returned from the East, instead praising insights of Eastern philosophies such as Buddhism and Taoism.)

Later, President Woodrow Wilson would extend this missionary mentality to the entire world during and after World War I, and the catastrophic repercussions are all too with us yet today!

Meanwhile, the decline of the U.S. empire has been evident for some decades now. Its growing bankruptcy since the 1960s is the most evident economic aspect, coupled with the cultural decline and intolerance regarding science and knowledge. With the plurality of those who voted in the recent presidential election saluting “Hail George,” let us observe that the presidency of George W. Bush may well mark the turning point of exceptional acceleration of that process. - http://www.independent.org/ne...



 
Empires as Ages of Religious Ignorance
11.15.04 (11:45 am)   [edit]
[b]George W. Bush’s Crusade and American Fundamentalism [/b]

“God’s blessing is on him [George W. Bush]. It’s the blessing of heaven on the emperor.”
—Pat Robertson, evangelist

“The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them.”
—Book of Daniel, II, 32-35

Especially now with the U.S. election results, many pundits appear rather taken aback by the increasing evidence of George W. Bush’s “faith-based” presidency http://www.independent.org/ne... —his “true-believer” confidence that if you just “believe,” all things are possible. Those who have this faith believe they can transcend the reality that circumscribes the actions of those who lack such belief.

In his October 17th New York Times article, “Without a Doubt,” Ron Suskind recounts a conversation with a senior Bush adviser in the summer of 2002, who noted that people such as Suskind were “in what we call the reality-based community.” When Suskind attempted a reply, the adviser replied: “That’s not the way the world really works anymore. . . . We’re an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you’re studying that reality—judiciously, as you will—we’ll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that’s how things will sort out. We’re history’s actors . . . and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do.”

This “arrogance of power” is right out of the imperial doctrine of Theodore Roosevelt, which was once called “pure act,” or in a larger sense, the “action principle” of fascism. Clearly, any empire’s administration believes that it is not constrained by the reality of the same “Law” that applies to the rest of society.

But, what is perhaps most significant in the events recounted by Suskind and in the election results is not President Bush’s confident, unquestioning faith that he is “God’s instrument,” but the blind faith of his fundamentalist followers, reminiscent of Sinclair Lewis’s descriptions in Elmer Gantry. As Suskind somewhat differently observes, one might say that George W. Bush went up the hill as a tolerant Methodist, and came down as a puritanical Calvinist.

What is less understood is that all of the great empires in history have been characterized by a decline of reason and an increase in super-naturalist faith, combined with a belief in the empire with the emperor holding God’s “mandate” on earth.

There are only three ultimate sources upon which derivative values such as “equality” can be based: supernatural law, natural law and statist, positive law. Empires tend to combine all of the three so that the emperor’s legitimacy flows from God, nature, and his position as head of State. The intertwining of religion and nationalism in the State is indeed a very powerful one.

Today’s unflinching, fundamentalist Christian support for the war in Iraq and U.S. global interventionism (regardless of the facts) was foretold earlier by anti-rational evangelical attempts to control textbooks, deny evolutionary principles, and block scientific research—sure early signs of the rise of a new “Age of Empire.” The most famous book-burning incidentally was not pro-war Lynn Cheney’s recent effort, or even Adolf Hitler’s in 1933, but rather that of the great Ch’in Emperor, Shih Wang-ti (a central figure in the recent film, Hero) of imperial China in 221 B.C.

In Rome, before it was co-opted by the State, early Christianity was in many ways a tax revolt against the Roman Empire’s increasing taxation burdens, ineptitude, and brutality. But instead of fighting taxes directly, which would have been quite fatal, the Christians (in keeping with Jesus’s teachings of the Golden Rule and peace) sought to evade the Roman taxes by steering clear of the State and taking care of their own and others. For example, by 150 A.D. in the City of Rome, Christians, and not the State, were taking care of 1,500 widows and orphans, and if you were captured or kidnapped by barbarians (much as in Iraq today) your only hope of ransom was if you were a Christian.

However, by the 4th century the growing strength of many diverse Christian groups (aided by their assimilation of older religious ideas from the East) and the decline of the Roman Empire had made it clear to the Roman State under Constantine that its survival would require formally merging with and centralizing Christianity. (Charles Freeman’s recent book, The Closing of the Western Mind: The Rise of Faith and the Fall of Reason details the way in which this took place.)

There had already been a rise of mysticism in the Greek Empire phase of classical civilization, led by Pythagoras against Ionian empiricism, and later this same irrational process was repeated in Rome. What was left of Roman “science” declined as “faith” rose to be preserved and carried to the West later by Islamic civilization.

And as Western Civilization emerged out of the ruins of the western part of the Roman Empire, we evolved to America on the periphery of the European core—pragmatic, Calvinist, fundamentalist (certainly not showing much influence of such natural-law thinkers as Thomas Aquinas), with America believing itself an exception to history (a messianic vision often shared by the periphery).

Given that historical context, American writers began to talk as early as 1828 of some U.S. leaders as Caesars. While the Founders sought to separate the State and religion, we never quite had a theocracy, but rather an “Erastian”-type state in New England (reminiscent of the theocratic doctrines adopted in Geneva from the Swiss theologian Thomas Erastus, 1524-1583), where formal governmental leaders were heavily influenced by religious ones. And so, with the growing corrupt, corporate-state empire based in America today, religionists have put themselves forward as one of the key corporate entities in that structure, and the fundamentalists have found their man in George W. Bush.

Religious zealotry was, of course, involved in the U.S.’s first formal venture into imperialism in 1898 with the Spanish-American War, when over 200,000 Filipinos were killed. The missionaries wanted to expand their efforts into China, and after President William McKinley supposedly communed with God, McKinley indicated we should take the Philippines and “Christianize” and “uplift” the natives there. (Protestants tended to ignore the fact that Spanish Catholicism had been there for over three centuries. And, this messianic zeal could sometimes end up embarrassingly when young missionaries returned from the East, instead praising insights of Eastern philosophies such as Buddhism and Taoism.)

Later, President Woodrow Wilson would extend this missionary mentality to the entire world during and after World War I, and the catastrophic repercussions are all too with us yet today!

Meanwhile, the decline of the U.S. empire has been evident for some decades now. Its growing bankruptcy since the 1960s is the most evident economic aspect, coupled with the cultural decline and intolerance regarding science and knowledge. With the plurality of those who voted in the recent presidential election saluting “Hail George,” let us observe that the presidency of George W. Bush may well mark the turning point of exceptional acceleration of that process. - http://www.independent.org/ne...



 
Empires as Ages of Religious Ignorance
11.15.04 (11:45 am)   [edit]
[b]George W. Bush’s Crusade and American Fundamentalism [/b]

“God’s blessing is on him [George W. Bush]. It’s the blessing of heaven on the emperor.”
—Pat Robertson, evangelist

“The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them.”
—Book of Daniel, II, 32-35

Especially now with the U.S. election results, many pundits appear rather taken aback by the increasing evidence of George W. Bush’s “faith-based” presidency http://www.independent.org/ne... —his “true-believer” confidence that if you just “believe,” all things are possible. Those who have this faith believe they can transcend the reality that circumscribes the actions of those who lack such belief.

In his October 17th New York Times article, “Without a Doubt,” Ron Suskind recounts a conversation with a senior Bush adviser in the summer of 2002, who noted that people such as Suskind were “in what we call the reality-based community.” When Suskind attempted a reply, the adviser replied: “That’s not the way the world really works anymore. . . . We’re an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you’re studying that reality—judiciously, as you will—we’ll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that’s how things will sort out. We’re history’s actors . . . and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do.”

This “arrogance of power” is right out of the imperial doctrine of Theodore Roosevelt, which was once called “pure act,” or in a larger sense, the “action principle” of fascism. Clearly, any empire’s administration believes that it is not constrained by the reality of the same “Law” that applies to the rest of society.

But, what is perhaps most significant in the events recounted by Suskind and in the election results is not President Bush’s confident, unquestioning faith that he is “God’s instrument,” but the blind faith of his fundamentalist followers, reminiscent of Sinclair Lewis’s descriptions in Elmer Gantry. As Suskind somewhat differently observes, one might say that George W. Bush went up the hill as a tolerant Methodist, and came down as a puritanical Calvinist.

What is less understood is that all of the great empires in history have been characterized by a decline of reason and an increase in super-naturalist faith, combined with a belief in the empire with the emperor holding God’s “mandate” on earth.

There are only three ultimate sources upon which derivative values such as “equality” can be based: supernatural law, natural law and statist, positive law. Empires tend to combine all of the three so that the emperor’s legitimacy flows from God, nature, and his position as head of State. The intertwining of religion and nationalism in the State is indeed a very powerful one.

Today’s unflinching, fundamentalist Christian support for the war in Iraq and U.S. global interventionism (regardless of the facts) was foretold earlier by anti-rational evangelical attempts to control textbooks, deny evolutionary principles, and block scientific research—sure early signs of the rise of a new “Age of Empire.” The most famous book-burning incidentally was not pro-war Lynn Cheney’s recent effort, or even Adolf Hitler’s in 1933, but rather that of the great Ch’in Emperor, Shih Wang-ti (a central figure in the recent film, Hero) of imperial China in 221 B.C.

In Rome, before it was co-opted by the State, early Christianity was in many ways a tax revolt against the Roman Empire’s increasing taxation burdens, ineptitude, and brutality. But instead of fighting taxes directly, which would have been quite fatal, the Christians (in keeping with Jesus’s teachings of the Golden Rule and peace) sought to evade the Roman taxes by steering clear of the State and taking care of their own and others. For example, by 150 A.D. in the City of Rome, Christians, and not the State, were taking care of 1,500 widows and orphans, and if you were captured or kidnapped by barbarians (much as in Iraq today) your only hope of ransom was if you were a Christian.

However, by the 4th century the growing strength of many diverse Christian groups (aided by their assimilation of older religious ideas from the East) and the decline of the Roman Empire had made it clear to the Roman State under Constantine that its survival would require formally merging with and centralizing Christianity. (Charles Freeman’s recent book, The Closing of the Western Mind: The Rise of Faith and the Fall of Reason details the way in which this took place.)

There had already been a rise of mysticism in the Greek Empire phase of classical civilization, led by Pythagoras against Ionian empiricism, and later this same irrational process was repeated in Rome. What was left of Roman “science” declined as “faith” rose to be preserved and carried to the West later by Islamic civilization.

And as Western Civilization emerged out of the ruins of the western part of the Roman Empire, we evolved to America on the periphery of the European core—pragmatic, Calvinist, fundamentalist (certainly not showing much influence of such natural-law thinkers as Thomas Aquinas), with America believing itself an exception to history (a messianic vision often shared by the periphery).

Given that historical context, American writers began to talk as early as 1828 of some U.S. leaders as Caesars. While the Founders sought to separate the State and religion, we never quite had a theocracy, but rather an “Erastian”-type state in New England (reminiscent of the theocratic doctrines adopted in Geneva from the Swiss theologian Thomas Erastus, 1524-1583), where formal governmental leaders were heavily influenced by religious ones. And so, with the growing corrupt, corporate-state empire based in America today, religionists have put themselves forward as one of the key corporate entities in that structure, and the fundamentalists have found their man in George W. Bush.

Religious zealotry was, of course, involved in the U.S.’s first formal venture into imperialism in 1898 with the Spanish-American War, when over 200,000 Filipinos were killed. The missionaries wanted to expand their efforts into China, and after President William McKinley supposedly communed with God, McKinley indicated we should take the Philippines and “Christianize” and “uplift” the natives there. (Protestants tended to ignore the fact that Spanish Catholicism had been there for over three centuries. And, this messianic zeal could sometimes end up embarrassingly when young missionaries returned from the East, instead praising insights of Eastern philosophies such as Buddhism and Taoism.)

Later, President Woodrow Wilson would extend this missionary mentality to the entire world during and after World War I, and the catastrophic repercussions are all too with us yet today!

Meanwhile, the decline of the U.S. empire has been evident for some decades now. Its growing bankruptcy since the 1960s is the most evident economic aspect, coupled with the cultural decline and intolerance regarding science and knowledge. With the plurality of those who voted in the recent presidential election saluting “Hail George,” let us observe that the presidency of George W. Bush may well mark the turning point of exceptional acceleration of that process. - http://www.independent.org/ne...



 
Herr Fuhrer Bush's Slaughterhouse: 61 U.S. Soldiers Killed in Iraq This Week
11.15.04 (11:41 am)   [edit]
[b]61 US Soldiers Killed This Week

At least 40 killed in Fallujah alone [/b]

In a flurry of weekend press releases, the Department of Defense named another 26 U.S. soldiers killed in Iraq. These deaths bring the total killed since Nov. 8 to 61. Such facts may conflict with "official numbers" released to the unquestioning media. However, in an apparent response to this article, the DoD is now reporting that 38 US troops have died in Fallujah. The discrepancy in numbers may stem from unreported deaths. We will only know after the troops' names are officially released.

The 50-plus killed this week is indicative of a growing insurgency likely to spread to previously peaceful cities. Over twenty of the deaths occurred in Baghdad, Mosul, Abu Gharb, and Babli province (just south of Baghdad). This indicates that the violence is only spreading. Although the military concedes that "winning" in Fallujah won't quell the insurgency, they continue to pursue policies that suppose there exists a static number of Iraqis willing to fight the occupation: if they could only kill them all, democracy and calm would flourish. Of course, it is more likely that these incursions will create more insurgency.

We have compiled the following list of the estimated 40 US soldiers and Marines killed in Fallujah:

Spc. Jose A. Velez Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Byron W. Norwood Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Wesley J. Canning Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Nicholas H. Anderson Al Anbar Province, non-combat
Lance Cpl. Justin M. Ellsworth Al Anbar Province, combat
Three Marines Killed Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. David M. Branning Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Brian A. Medina Al Anbar Province, combat
1st Lt. Edward D. Iwan Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Nathan R. Anderson Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Morgan W. Strader Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. Justin D. Reppuhn Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. Thomas J. Zapp Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Abraham Simpson Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Erick J. Hodges Al Anbar Province, combat
1st Lt. Dan T. Malcom, Jr. Al Anbar Province, combat
Petty Officer Third Class Julian Woods Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Theodore A. Bowling Al Anbar Province, combat
Cpl. Romulo J. Jimenez II Al Anbar Province, combat
Command Sgt. Maj. Steven W. Faulkenburg Fallujah, combat
Staff Sgt. Todd R. Cornell Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Lonny D. Wells Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Nathan R. Wood Al Anbar Province, combat
Cpl. William C. James Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Gene Ramirez Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Kyle W. Burns Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Jeffrey Lam Al Anbar Province, combat
2nd Lt. James P. Blecksmith Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Theodore S. Holder II Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Aaron C. Pickering Al Anbar Province, combat
Sgt. Jonathan B. Shields Fallujah, non-combat
Lance Cpl. Nicholas D. Larson Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Juan E. Segura Al Anbar Province, combat
Sgt. David M. Caruso Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Russell L. Slay Al Anbar Province, combat
James C. Matteson Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Joshua D. Palmer Al Anbar Province, non-combat

Stay tuned for further updates (last updated 4:30 pm EST). - http://www.antiwar.com/ewens/...

 
Herr Fuhrer Bush's Slaughterhouse: 61 U.S. Soldiers Killed in Iraq This Week
11.15.04 (11:41 am)   [edit]
[b]61 US Soldiers Killed This Week

At least 40 killed in Fallujah alone [/b]

In a flurry of weekend press releases, the Department of Defense named another 26 U.S. soldiers killed in Iraq. These deaths bring the total killed since Nov. 8 to 61. Such facts may conflict with "official numbers" released to the unquestioning media. However, in an apparent response to this article, the DoD is now reporting that 38 US troops have died in Fallujah. The discrepancy in numbers may stem from unreported deaths. We will only know after the troops' names are officially released.

The 50-plus killed this week is indicative of a growing insurgency likely to spread to previously peaceful cities. Over twenty of the deaths occurred in Baghdad, Mosul, Abu Gharb, and Babli province (just south of Baghdad). This indicates that the violence is only spreading. Although the military concedes that "winning" in Fallujah won't quell the insurgency, they continue to pursue policies that suppose there exists a static number of Iraqis willing to fight the occupation: if they could only kill them all, democracy and calm would flourish. Of course, it is more likely that these incursions will create more insurgency.

We have compiled the following list of the estimated 40 US soldiers and Marines killed in Fallujah:

Spc. Jose A. Velez Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Byron W. Norwood Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Wesley J. Canning Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Nicholas H. Anderson Al Anbar Province, non-combat
Lance Cpl. Justin M. Ellsworth Al Anbar Province, combat
Three Marines Killed Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. David M. Branning Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Brian A. Medina Al Anbar Province, combat
1st Lt. Edward D. Iwan Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Nathan R. Anderson Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Morgan W. Strader Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. Justin D. Reppuhn Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. Thomas J. Zapp Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Abraham Simpson Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Erick J. Hodges Al Anbar Province, combat
1st Lt. Dan T. Malcom, Jr. Al Anbar Province, combat
Petty Officer Third Class Julian Woods Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Theodore A. Bowling Al Anbar Province, combat
Cpl. Romulo J. Jimenez II Al Anbar Province, combat
Command Sgt. Maj. Steven W. Faulkenburg Fallujah, combat
Staff Sgt. Todd R. Cornell Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Lonny D. Wells Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Nathan R. Wood Al Anbar Province, combat
Cpl. William C. James Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Gene Ramirez Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Kyle W. Burns Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Jeffrey Lam Al Anbar Province, combat
2nd Lt. James P. Blecksmith Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Theodore S. Holder II Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Aaron C. Pickering Al Anbar Province, combat
Sgt. Jonathan B. Shields Fallujah, non-combat
Lance Cpl. Nicholas D. Larson Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Juan E. Segura Al Anbar Province, combat
Sgt. David M. Caruso Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Russell L. Slay Al Anbar Province, combat
James C. Matteson Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Joshua D. Palmer Al Anbar Province, non-combat

Stay tuned for further updates (last updated 4:30 pm EST). - http://www.antiwar.com/ewens/...

 
Herr Fuhrer Bush's Slaughterhouse: 61 U.S. Soldiers Killed in Iraq This Week
11.15.04 (11:41 am)   [edit]
[b]61 US Soldiers Killed This Week

At least 40 killed in Fallujah alone [/b]

In a flurry of weekend press releases, the Department of Defense named another 26 U.S. soldiers killed in Iraq. These deaths bring the total killed since Nov. 8 to 61. Such facts may conflict with "official numbers" released to the unquestioning media. However, in an apparent response to this article, the DoD is now reporting that 38 US troops have died in Fallujah. The discrepancy in numbers may stem from unreported deaths. We will only know after the troops' names are officially released.

The 50-plus killed this week is indicative of a growing insurgency likely to spread to previously peaceful cities. Over twenty of the deaths occurred in Baghdad, Mosul, Abu Gharb, and Babli province (just south of Baghdad). This indicates that the violence is only spreading. Although the military concedes that "winning" in Fallujah won't quell the insurgency, they continue to pursue policies that suppose there exists a static number of Iraqis willing to fight the occupation: if they could only kill them all, democracy and calm would flourish. Of course, it is more likely that these incursions will create more insurgency.

We have compiled the following list of the estimated 40 US soldiers and Marines killed in Fallujah:

Spc. Jose A. Velez Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Byron W. Norwood Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Wesley J. Canning Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Nicholas H. Anderson Al Anbar Province, non-combat
Lance Cpl. Justin M. Ellsworth Al Anbar Province, combat
Three Marines Killed Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. David M. Branning Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Brian A. Medina Al Anbar Province, combat
1st Lt. Edward D. Iwan Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Nathan R. Anderson Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Morgan W. Strader Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. Justin D. Reppuhn Fallujah, combat
Lance Cpl. Thomas J. Zapp Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Abraham Simpson Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Erick J. Hodges Al Anbar Province, combat
1st Lt. Dan T. Malcom, Jr. Al Anbar Province, combat
Petty Officer Third Class Julian Woods Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Theodore A. Bowling Al Anbar Province, combat
Cpl. Romulo J. Jimenez II Al Anbar Province, combat
Command Sgt. Maj. Steven W. Faulkenburg Fallujah, combat
Staff Sgt. Todd R. Cornell Fallujah, combat
Sgt. Lonny D. Wells Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Nathan R. Wood Al Anbar Province, combat
Cpl. William C. James Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Gene Ramirez Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Kyle W. Burns Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Jeffrey Lam Al Anbar Province, combat
2nd Lt. James P. Blecksmith Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Theodore S. Holder II Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Aaron C. Pickering Al Anbar Province, combat
Sgt. Jonathan B. Shields Fallujah, non-combat
Lance Cpl. Nicholas D. Larson Al Anbar Province, combat
Lance Cpl. Juan E. Segura Al Anbar Province, combat
Sgt. David M. Caruso Al Anbar Province, combat
Staff Sgt. Russell L. Slay Al Anbar Province, combat
James C. Matteson Fallujah, combat
Cpl. Joshua D. Palmer Al Anbar Province, non-combat

Stay tuned for further updates (last updated 4:30 pm EST). - http://www.antiwar.com/ewens/...

 
Bush's Neo-Nazi Bloodbath: US Troops Shot Civilians Escaping From Fallujah
11.15.04 (11:37 am)   [edit]
BAGHDAD, Iraq - In the weeks before the crushing military assault on his hometown, Bilal Hussein sent his parents and brother away from Fallujah to stay with relatives.

The 33-year-old Associated Press photographer stayed behind to capture insider images during the siege of the former insurgent stronghold.

"Everyone in Fallujah knew it was coming. I had been taking pictures for days," he said. "I thought I could go on doing it."

In the hours and days that followed, heavy bombing raids and thunderous artillery shelling turned Hussein's northern Jolan neighborhood into a zone of rubble and death. The walls of his house were pockmarked by coalition fire.

"Destruction was everywhere. I saw people lying dead in the streets, wounded were bleeding and there was no one to come and help them. Even the civilians who stayed in Fallujah were too afraid to go out," he said.

"There was no medicine, water, no electricity nor food for days."

By Tuesday afternoon, as U.S. forces and Iraqi rebels engaged in fierce clashes in the heart of his neighborhood, Hussein snapped.

"U.S. soldiers began to open fire on the houses, so I decided that it was very dangerous to stay in my house," he said.

Hussein said he panicked, seizing on a plan to escape across the Euphrates River, which flows on the western side of the city

"I wasn't really thinking," he said. "Suddenly, I just had to get out. I didn't think there was any other choice."

In the rush, Hussein left behind his camera lens and a satellite telephone for transmitting his images. His lens, marked with the distinctive AP logo, was discovered two days later by U.S. Marines next to a dead man's body in a house in Jolan.

AP colleagues in the Baghdad bureau, who by then had not heard from Hussein in 48 hours, became even more worried.

Hussein moved from house to house — dodging gunfire — and reached the river.

"I decided to swim ... but I changed my mind after seeing U.S. helicopters firing on and killing people who tried to cross the river."

He watched horrified as a family of five was shot dead as they tried to cross. Then, he "helped bury a man by the river bank, with my own hands."

"I kept walking along the river for two hours and I could still see some U.S. snipers ready to shoot anyone who might swim. I quit the idea of crossing the river and walked for about five hours through orchards."

He met a peasant family, who gave him refuge in their house for two days. Hussein knew a driver in the region and sent a message to another AP colleague, Ali Ahmed, in nearby Ramadi.

Ahmed relayed the news that Hussein was alive to AP's Baghdad bureau. He sent a second message back to Hussein that a fisherman in nearby Habaniyah would ferry the photographer to safety by boat.

"At the end of the boat ride, Ali was waiting for me. He took me to Baghdad, to my office."

Sitting safely in the AP's offices, a haggard-looking Hussein offered a tired smile of relief.

"It was a terrible experience in which I learned that life is precious," he said. "I am happy that I am still alive after being close to death during these past days." - http://news.yahoo.com/news?tm...
 
Bush's Neo-Nazi Bloodbath: US Troops Shot Civilians Escaping From Fallujah
11.15.04 (11:37 am)   [edit]
BAGHDAD, Iraq - In the weeks before the crushing military assault on his hometown, Bilal Hussein sent his parents and brother away from Fallujah to stay with relatives.

The 33-year-old Associated Press photographer stayed behind to capture insider images during the siege of the former insurgent stronghold.

"Everyone in Fallujah knew it was coming. I had been taking pictures for days," he said. "I thought I could go on doing it."

In the hours and days that followed, heavy bombing raids and thunderous artillery shelling turned Hussein's northern Jolan neighborhood into a zone of rubble and death. The walls of his house were pockmarked by coalition fire.

"Destruction was everywhere. I saw people lying dead in the streets, wounded were bleeding and there was no one to come and help them. Even the civilians who stayed in Fallujah were too afraid to go out," he said.

"There was no medicine, water, no electricity nor food for days."

By Tuesday afternoon, as U.S. forces and Iraqi rebels engaged in fierce clashes in the heart of his neighborhood, Hussein snapped.

"U.S. soldiers began to open fire on the houses, so I decided that it was very dangerous to stay in my house," he said.

Hussein said he panicked, seizing on a plan to escape across the Euphrates River, which flows on the western side of the city

"I wasn't really thinking," he said. "Suddenly, I just had to get out. I didn't think there was any other choice."

In the rush, Hussein left behind his camera lens and a satellite telephone for transmitting his images. His lens, marked with the distinctive AP logo, was discovered two days later by U.S. Marines next to a dead man's body in a house in Jolan.

AP colleagues in the Baghdad bureau, who by then had not heard from Hussein in 48 hours, became even more worried.

Hussein moved from house to house — dodging gunfire — and reached the river.

"I decided to swim ... but I changed my mind after seeing U.S. helicopters firing on and killing people who tried to cross the river."

He watched horrified as a family of five was shot dead as they tried to cross. Then, he "helped bury a man by the river bank, with my own hands."

"I kept walking along the river for two hours and I could still see some U.S. snipers ready to shoot anyone who might swim. I quit the idea of crossing the river and walked for about five hours through orchards."

He met a peasant family, who gave him refuge in their house for two days. Hussein knew a driver in the region and sent a message to another AP colleague, Ali Ahmed, in nearby Ramadi.

Ahmed relayed the news that Hussein was alive to AP's Baghdad bureau. He sent a second message back to Hussein that a fisherman in nearby Habaniyah would ferry the photographer to safety by boat.

"At the end of the boat ride, Ali was waiting for me. He took me to Baghdad, to my office."

Sitting safely in the AP's offices, a haggard-looking Hussein offered a tired smile of relief.

"It was a terrible experience in which I learned that life is precious," he said. "I am happy that I am still alive after being close to death during these past days." - http://news.yahoo.com/news?tm...
 
Bush's Neo-Nazi Bloodbath: US Troops Shot Civilians Escaping From Fallujah
11.15.04 (11:37 am)   [edit]
BAGHDAD, Iraq - In the weeks before the crushing military assault on his hometown, Bilal Hussein sent his parents and brother away from Fallujah to stay with relatives.

The 33-year-old Associated Press photographer stayed behind to capture insider images during the siege of the former insurgent stronghold.

"Everyone in Fallujah knew it was coming. I had been taking pictures for days," he said. "I thought I could go on doing it."

In the hours and days that followed, heavy bombing raids and thunderous artillery shelling turned Hussein's northern Jolan neighborhood into a zone of rubble and death. The walls of his house were pockmarked by coalition fire.

"Destruction was everywhere. I saw people lying dead in the streets, wounded were bleeding and there was no one to come and help them. Even the civilians who stayed in Fallujah were too afraid to go out," he said.

"There was no medicine, water, no electricity nor food for days."

By Tuesday afternoon, as U.S. forces and Iraqi rebels engaged in fierce clashes in the heart of his neighborhood, Hussein snapped.

"U.S. soldiers began to open fire on the houses, so I decided that it was very dangerous to stay in my house," he said.

Hussein said he panicked, seizing on a plan to escape across the Euphrates River, which flows on the western side of the city

"I wasn't really thinking," he said. "Suddenly, I just had to get out. I didn't think there was any other choice."

In the rush, Hussein left behind his camera lens and a satellite telephone for transmitting his images. His lens, marked with the distinctive AP logo, was discovered two days later by U.S. Marines next to a dead man's body in a house in Jolan.

AP colleagues in the Baghdad bureau, who by then had not heard from Hussein in 48 hours, became even more worried.

Hussein moved from house to house — dodging gunfire — and reached the river.

"I decided to swim ... but I changed my mind after seeing U.S. helicopters firing on and killing people who tried to cross the river."

He watched horrified as a family of five was shot dead as they tried to cross. Then, he "helped bury a man by the river bank, with my own hands."

"I kept walking along the river for two hours and I could still see some U.S. snipers ready to shoot anyone who might swim. I quit the idea of crossing the river and walked for about five hours through orchards."

He met a peasant family, who gave him refuge in their house for two days. Hussein knew a driver in the region and sent a message to another AP colleague, Ali Ahmed, in nearby Ramadi.

Ahmed relayed the news that Hussein was alive to AP's Baghdad bureau. He sent a second message back to Hussein that a fisherman in nearby Habaniyah would ferry the photographer to safety by boat.

"At the end of the boat ride, Ali was waiting for me. He took me to Baghdad, to my office."

Sitting safely in the AP's offices, a haggard-looking Hussein offered a tired smile of relief.

"It was a terrible experience in which I learned that life is precious," he said. "I am happy that I am still alive after being close to death during these past days." - http://news.yahoo.com/news?tm...
 
Lying Liar Incompetent Condosleezy Rice "Likely" To Succeed Powell
11.15.04 (11:30 am)   [edit]
[b]Rice 'likely' to take over for Powell

Administration's moderate voice to leave State Dept.[/b]

[b]WASHINGTON (CBS.MW)[/b] -- White House National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice is "likely" to succeed Colin Powell as secretary of state, senior administration officials told CBS News on condition of anonymity.

Powell announced his resignation in a letter to President Bush dated Friday and released Monday.

"I believe that now that the election is over, the time has come for me to step down," Powell said, adding that he would leave his post at a time of Bush's choosing.

A formal announcement about his successor is not expected today.

In addition to Powell, three other members of President Bush's Cabinet resigned Monday, including Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham, Agriculture Secretary Ann Veneman and Education Secretary Rod Paige.

That's six out of 15 Cabinet members to quit.

Attorney General John Ashcroft and Commerce Secretary Don Evans have already announced their intentions to leave the administration.

White House counsel Alberto Gonzales has been chosen to succeed Ashcroft. Rice would be the second replacement announcement, if she is chosen to succeed Powell.

Powell, whose resignation is not entirely a surprise, has been the moderate voice in an administration of hawks, including Vice President Dick Cheney and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld.

Powell submitted his letter of resignation to the president on Friday. He will go about his usual schedule and continue at full speed until a successor is named and in place, a senior administration said.

The secretary of state was scheduled to meet later Monday with Israeli Foreign Minister Silvan Shalom and was to attend a meeting of Asian officials in Chile Wednesday and a multinational conference on Iraq next week.

He told some two-dozen staff members of his projected departure at the start of the day.

Iraq has dominated Powell's attention during his nearly four years with the administration. He will perhaps be best remembered for his appearance before the U.N. Security Council on Feb. 5, 2003, during which he argued that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein must be removed from power because he possessed weapons of mass destruction.

There is no evidence that those claims had any foundation. Powell has maintained all along that the use of force by the United States-led coalition in Iraq was justified. [b][Of course, Powell is a lying toady who destroyed his own reputation by passing along Bush/Cheney lies. Now he'll be succeeded by Condosleezy Rice, the lying liar incompetent slut to Bush. Sigh!] [/b]- http://cbs.marketwatch.com/ne...{28757F56-4207-4D2D-9C95- C8F691D0D9CA}&siteid=mktw

 
Lying Liar Incompetent Condosleezy Rice "Likely" To Succeed Powell
11.15.04 (11:27 am)   [edit]
[b]Rice 'likely' to take over for Powell

Administration's moderate voice to leave State Dept.[/b]

[b]WASHINGTON (CBS.MW)[/b] -- White House National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice is "likely" to succeed Colin Powell as secretary of state, senior administration officials told CBS News on condition of anonymity.

Powell announced his resignation in a letter to President Bush dated Friday and released Monday.

"I believe that now that the election is over, the time has come for me to step down," Powell said, adding that he would leave his post at a time of Bush's choosing.

A formal announcement about his successor is not expected today.

In addition to Powell, three other members of President Bush's Cabinet resigned Monday, including Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham, Agriculture Secretary Ann Veneman and Education Secretary Rod Paige.

That's six out of 15 Cabinet members to quit.

Attorney General John Ashcroft and Commerce Secretary Don Evans have already announced their intentions to leave the administration.

White House counsel Alberto Gonzales has been chosen to succeed Ashcroft. Rice would be the second replacement announcement, if she is chosen to succeed Powell.

Powell, whose resignation is not entirely a surprise, has been the moderate voice in an administration of hawks, including Vice President Dick Cheney and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld.

Powell submitted his letter of resignation to the president on Friday. He will go about his usual schedule and continue at full speed until a successor is named and in place, a senior administration said.

The secretary of state was scheduled to meet later Monday with Israeli Foreign Minister Silvan Shalom and was to attend a meeting of Asian officials in Chile Wednesday and a multinational conference on Iraq next week.

He told some two-dozen staff members of his projected departure at the start of the day.

Iraq has dominated Powell's attention during his nearly four years with the administration. He will perhaps be best remembered for his appearance before the U.N. Security Council on Feb. 5, 2003, during which he argued that Iraqi President Saddam Hussein must be removed from power because he possessed weapons of mass destruction.

There is no evidence that those claims had any foundation. Powell has maintained all along that the use of force by the United States-led coalition in Iraq was justified. [b][Of course, Powell is a lying toady who destroyed his own reputation by passing along Bush/Cheney lies. Now he'll be succeeded by Condosleezy Rice, the lying liar incompetent slut to Bush. Sigh!] [/b]- http://cbs.marketwatch.com/ne...{28757F56-4207-4D2D-9C95- C8F691D0D9CA}&siteid=mktw

 
The United States of Brain-Dead Neo-Fascism ...
11.12.04 (2:16 pm)   [edit]
[b]'Down with fancy book learnin''[/b]

[i]What's it mean that the big cities and college towns of America all voted blue[/i]?

Is this why everything's so mangled? Is this why we're so divided?

Is this why we're so damned confused and bothered and itchy and wondering why we are ever at each others' throats and ever snickering in each others' direction and ever sighing heavily and wishing we could somehow have a magic glimpse into the year 2104 to see how the hell we survive it all?

Because there remains this astonishing and yet ever present fact: all the major cities of America, the great cultural centers and the places with the most concentrated populations and the most extraordinary restaurants and the highest percentage of college graduates and the most progressive laws and the truest sense of the arts and food and sex and music and dance and money and technology and lubricant and drugs and porn and love and fashion and spirituality, well, it seems they all voted blue.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...

[b]The neo-con fascists in the right-wing would like nothing more than for Americans to become brain-dead sheeple like they are, bowing down before the Mass-Murderer Herr Fuhrer Bush!!! WE WILL NOT DO SO!!![/b]
 
Blair Had to "Hint" Response to Bush to Help DimWit Avoid Making An Ass of Himself!!! HA HA HA!!!
11.12.04 (2:02 pm)   [edit]
[b]I only wish the press sluts, whores, lap-dogs and asslickers in the right-wing corporate-owned media in the U.S.A. had the "balls" to ask A'W'OL DimWit Bush tough questions like their British counterparts!!! Herr Fuhrer Bush should be asked how it feels to be a Mass-Murderer and the Dumbest Asshole ever to reside in the White House!!![/b]

It was the last question Prime Minister Tony Blair wanted asked, and he seemed to cringe as President Bush answered it.

"The prime minister is sometimes, perhaps unfairly, characterized in Britain as your poodle," began the questioner at a joint appearance by the two leaders Friday at the White House. "I was wondering if that's the way you may see your relationship? And perhaps, more seriously, do you feel for the -"

Blair broke in: "Don't answer 'yes' to that question," he mockingly admonished Bush, prompting laughter.

Joking aside, Bush offered a serious answer.

"Plenty capable of making his own mind. He's a strong, capable man," the president said. "When times get tough he doesn't wilt. You know, when the criticism starts to come his way - I suspect that might be happening on occasion - he stands for what he believes in."

An endorsement of his leadership qualities from the American president, no matter how hearty, is of little help to Blair.

A wide section of the British public deeply dislikes Bush, viewing him as a unilateralist. The detention of four Britons without trial at Guantanamo Bay, his refusal to sign the Kyoto global warming protocol, his rejection of an international criminal court, and his invasion of Iraq without a specific green light from the United Nations add to his unpopularity.

Blair's critics are unlikely to be swayed from their conviction that the prime minister doggedly follows U.S. foreign policy without exerting any real influence.

No wonder Blair appeared a bit uncomfortable. Still, he couldn't resist offering a little self-defense.

"As long as I remain prime minister of our country it will carry on being strong - not because that's in the interests of America simply or in the interests of the international community, but because I believe passionately it is in the interest of Britain," Blair said. - http://seattlepi.nwsource.com...'s%20Poodle

 
Herr Fuhrer Bush Dumping 'Terror-boy' (Robespierre) Ashcroft for 'Torture-boy' (Gitmo) Gonzales
11.12.04 (5:43 am)   [edit]
[i]The Gonzales memos claimed that Bush had "the right to wave anti-torture law and international treaties providing protections to prisoners of war[/i]." -- Associated Press

Bush intends to put an advocate of torture at the head the Justice Dept. Is this how he rewards the "moral values" crowd who shoehorned him into the Oval Office?

Alberto Gonzales' name never should have been submitted as a candidate for Attorney General. His involvement in the Abu Ghraib scandal is widely known and should have immediately disqualified him from consideration. The memos he produced that dismissed the Geneva Conventions as "obsolete" were critical in developing the rationale for using abusive techniques to extract information from prisoners. Once his role in facilitating the torture was exposed, he should have been swiftly disbarred and unceremoniously deposited in the White House dumpster.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Herr Fuhrer Bush Dumping 'Terror-boy' (Robespierre) Ashcroft for 'Torture-boy' (Gitmo) Gonzales
11.12.04 (5:43 am)   [edit]
[i]The Gonzales memos claimed that Bush had "the right to wave anti-torture law and international treaties providing protections to prisoners of war[/i]." -- Associated Press

Bush intends to put an advocate of torture at the head the Justice Dept. Is this how he rewards the "moral values" crowd who shoehorned him into the Oval Office?

Alberto Gonzales' name never should have been submitted as a candidate for Attorney General. His involvement in the Abu Ghraib scandal is widely known and should have immediately disqualified him from consideration. The memos he produced that dismissed the Geneva Conventions as "obsolete" were critical in developing the rationale for using abusive techniques to extract information from prisoners. Once his role in facilitating the torture was exposed, he should have been swiftly disbarred and unceremoniously deposited in the White House dumpster.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Herr Fuhrer Bush Dumping 'Terror-boy' (Robespierre) Ashcroft for 'Torture-boy' (Gitmo) Gonzales
11.12.04 (5:41 am)   [edit]
[i]The Gonzales memos claimed that Bush had "the right to wave anti-torture law and international treaties providing protections to prisoners of war[/i]." -- Associated Press

Bush intends to put an advocate of torture at the head the Justice Dept. Is this how he rewards the "moral values" crowd who shoehorned him into the Oval Office?

Alberto Gonzales' name never should have been submitted as a candidate for Attorney General. His involvement in the Abu Ghraib scandal is widely known and should have immediately disqualified him from consideration. The memos he produced that dismissed the Geneva Conventions as "obsolete" were critical in developing the rationale for using abusive techniques to extract information from prisoners. Once his role in facilitating the torture was exposed, he should have been swiftly disbarred and unceremoniously deposited in the White House dumpster.

[b]Check-it-out [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
 
Herr Fuhrer Bush Dumping 'Terror-boy' (Robespierre) Ashcroft for 'Torture-boy' (Gitmo) Gonzales
11.12.04 (5:40 am)   [edit]
[i]The Gonzales memos claimed that Bush had "the right to wave anti-torture law and international treaties providing protections to prisoners of war[/i]." -- Associated Press

Bush intends to put an advocate of torture at the head the Justice Dept. Is this how he rewards the "moral values" crowd who shoehorned him into the Oval Office?

Alberto Gonzales' name never should have been submitted as a candidate for Attorney General. His involvement in the Abu Ghraib scandal is widely known and should have immediately disqualified him from c